三藏之路 Tipitaka Path
巴利三藏 · 玛欣德尊者标准中译
首页经藏中部根本五十部4. 大双品

4. Mahāyamakavaggo4. 大双品

299 段 · CSCD 巴利原典
4. Mahāyamakavaggo4. 大双品
1. Cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ1. 小牛角经
§325
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca nandiyo āyasmā ca kimilo gosiṅgasālavanadāye viharanti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yena gosiṅgasālavanadāyo tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho dāyapālo bhagavantaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā, samaṇa, etaṃ dāyaṃ pāvisi. Santettha tayo kulaputtā attakāmarūpā viharanti. Mā tesaṃ aphāsumakāsī’’ti.
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在那提咖的砖屋中。尔时,具寿阿奴卢塔、具寿难地亚、具寿奇米喇住在果新嘎沙喇瓦林苑。那时,世尊在傍晚时分从独坐中起来,前往果新嘎沙喇瓦林苑。林苑守护者从远处看见世尊走来,看见后对世尊这样说:「沙门,不要进入这个林苑。这里有三位善家子为了自己的利益而住。不要打扰他们。」
Assosi kho āyasmā anuruddho dāyapālassa bhagavatā saddhiṃ mantayamānassa. Sutvāna dāyapālaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā, āvuso dāyapāla, bhagavantaṃ vāresi. Satthā no bhagavā anuppatto’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho yenāyasmā ca nandiyo āyasmā ca kimilo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantañca nandiyaṃ āyasmantañca kimilaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkamathāyasmanto, abhikkamathāyasmanto, satthā no bhagavā anuppatto’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca nandiyo āyasmā ca kimilo bhagavantaṃ paccuggantvā – eko bhagavato pattacīvaraṃ paṭiggahesi, eko āsanaṃ paññapesi, eko pādodakaṃ upaṭṭhāpesi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā pāde pakkhālesi. Tepi kho āyasmanto bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ bhagavā etadavoca –
具寿阿奴卢塔听到林苑守护者与世尊交谈。听到后对林苑守护者这样说:「朋友林苑守护者,不要阻止世尊。我们的导师世尊到了。」那时,具寿阿奴卢塔前往具寿难地亚和具寿奇米喇处;前往后对具寿难地亚和具寿奇米喇这样说:「具寿们,请出来!具寿们,请出来!我们的导师世尊到了。」那时,具寿阿奴卢塔、具寿难地亚、具寿奇米喇出来迎接世尊——一位接过世尊的钵与衣,一位铺设座位,一位准备洗足水。世尊坐在所设的座位上。坐下后,世尊洗足。那些具寿们礼敬世尊后,在一旁坐下。世尊对坐在一旁的具寿阿奴卢塔这样说:
§326
‘‘Kacci vo, anuruddhā, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci piṇḍakena na kilamathā’’ti ? ‘‘Khamanīyaṃ, bhagavā, yāpanīyaṃ, bhagavā; na ca mayaṃ, bhante, piṇḍakena kilamāmā’’ti. ‘‘Kacci pana vo, anuruddhā, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharathā’’ti? ‘‘Taggha mayaṃ , bhante, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharāmā’’ti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana tumhe, anuruddhā, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharathā’’ti? ‘‘Idha mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘lābhā vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me, yohaṃ evarūpehi sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ viharāmī’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, imesu āyasmantesu mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ āvi ceva raho ca; mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ āvi ceva raho ca; mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ āvi ceva raho ca. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ sakaṃ cittaṃ nikkhipitvā imesaṃyeva āyasmantānaṃ cittassa vasena vatteyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhante, sakaṃ cittaṃ nikkhipitvā imesaṃyeva āyasmantānaṃ cittassa vasena vattāmi. Nānā hi kho no, bhante, kāyā ekañca pana maññe citta’’nti.
「阿奴卢塔们,你们可忍受吗?可维持吗?你们托钵不疲劳吗?」「世尊,可忍受;世尊,可维持;大德,我们托钵不疲劳。」「阿奴卢塔们,你们和合、欢喜、不争论,如水乳交融,以慈眼互相看待而住吗?」「大德,确实,我们和合、欢喜、不争论,如水乳交融,以慈眼互相看待而住。」「阿奴卢塔们,你们如何和合、欢喜、不争论,如水乳交融,以慈眼互相看待而住呢?」「大德,在此,我这样想:『我确实有利得,我确实善得,我与这样的梵行者们一起住。』大德,我对这些具寿们现起慈身业,无论公开或私下;现起慈语业,无论公开或私下;现起慈意业,无论公开或私下。大德,我这样想:『我何不舍弃自己的心意,只依这些具寿们的心意而行呢?』大德,我舍弃自己的心意,只依这些具寿们的心意而行。大德,我们的身虽然不同,但心我认为是一个。」
Āyasmāpi kho nandiyo…pe… āyasmāpi kho kimilo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayhampi, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘lābhā vata me, suladdhaṃ vata me, yohaṃ evarūpehi sabrahmacārīhi saddhiṃ viharāmī’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, imesu āyasmantesu mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ āvi ceva raho ca, mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ āvi ceva raho ca, mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ āvi ceva raho ca. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ hoti – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ sakaṃ cittaṃ nikkhipitvā imesaṃyeva āyasmantānaṃ cittassa vasena vatteyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, bhante, sakaṃ cittaṃ nikkhipitvā imesaṃyeva āyasmantānaṃ cittassa vasena vattāmi. Nānā hi kho no, bhante, kāyā ekañca pana maññe cittanti.
具寿难地亚也……具寿奇米喇也对世尊这样说:「大德,我也这样想:『我确实有利得,我确实善得,我与这样的梵行者们一起住。』大德,我对这些具寿们现起慈身业,无论公开或私下;现起慈语业,无论公开或私下;现起慈意业,无论公开或私下。大德,我这样想:『我何不舍弃自己的心意,只依这些具寿们的心意而行呢?』大德,我舍弃自己的心意,只依这些具寿们的心意而行。大德,我们的身虽然不同,但心我认为是一个。」
‘‘Evaṃ kho mayaṃ, bhante, samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharāmā’’ti.
「大德,我们如此和合、欢喜、不争论,如水乳交融,以慈眼互相看待而住。」
§327
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, anuruddhā! Kacci pana vo, anuruddhā, appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharathā’’ti? ‘‘Taggha mayaṃ, bhante, appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharāmā’’ti. ‘‘Yathā kathaṃ pana tumhe, anuruddhā, appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharathā’’ti? ‘‘Idha, bhante, amhākaṃ yo paṭhamaṃ gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati so āsanāni paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, avakkārapātiṃ upaṭṭhāpeti. Yo pacchā gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati, sace hoti bhuttāvaseso sace ākaṅkhati bhuñjati, no ce ākaṅkhati appaharite vā chaḍḍeti, appāṇake vā udake opilāpeti. So āsanāni paṭisāmeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ paṭisāmeti, avakkārapātiṃ paṭisāmeti, bhattaggaṃ sammajjati. Yo passati pānīyaghaṭaṃ vā paribhojanīyaghaṭaṃ vā vaccaghaṭaṃ vā rittaṃ tucchaṃ so upaṭṭhāpeti. Sacassa hoti avisayhaṃ, hatthavikārena dutiyaṃ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅghakena upaṭṭhāpema, na tveva mayaṃ, bhante, tappaccayā vācaṃ bhindāma. Pañcāhikaṃ kho pana mayaṃ, bhante, sabbarattikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sannisīdāma. Evaṃ kho mayaṃ, bhante, appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharāmā’’ti.
「善哉!善哉!阿奴卢塔们!阿奴卢塔们,你们不放逸、热诚、自励而住吗?」「大德,确实,我们不放逸、热诚、自励而住。」「阿奴卢塔们,你们如何不放逸、热诚、自励而住呢?」「大德,在此,我们当中谁最先从村落托钵回来,他铺设座位,准备饮用水和食用水,准备垃圾桶。谁最后从村落托钵回来,如果有剩余的食物,如果他想要就食用,如果不想要就丢弃在无草之处,或倒入无生物的水中。他收拾座位,收拾饮用水和食用水,收拾垃圾桶,打扫食堂。谁看见饮水瓶或食用水瓶或厕所水瓶空了,他就准备。如果对他来说太重,他用手势召唤另一位,我们用手势一起准备,但我们不会因此而开口说话。大德,我们每五天整夜坐在一起进行法的谈论。大德,我们如此不放逸、热诚、自励而住。」
§328
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, anuruddhā! Atthi pana vo, anuruddhā, evaṃ appamattānaṃ ātāpīnaṃ pahitattānaṃ viharantānaṃ uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi no siyā, bhante! Idha mayaṃ, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāma vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāma. Ayaṃ kho no, bhante, amhākaṃ appamattānaṃ ātāpīnaṃ pahitattānaṃ viharantānaṃ uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro’’ti.
「善哉!善哉!阿奴卢塔们!阿奴卢塔们,你们如此不放逸、热诚、自励而住,是否已证得上人法、足以圣者之智见的殊胜、安乐住呢?」「大德,怎么会没有呢!大德,在此,我们只要想要,就离诸欲,离诸不善法,有寻、有伺,离生喜乐,证入初禅而住。大德,这是我们不放逸、热诚、自励而住所证得的上人法、足以圣者之智见的殊胜、安乐住。」
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, anuruddhā! Etassa pana vo, anuruddhā, vihārassa samatikkamāya etassa vihārassa paṭippassaddhiyā atthañño uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi no siyā, bhante! Idha mayaṃ, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāma vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāma. Etassa, bhante, vihārassa samatikkamāya etassa vihārassa paṭippassaddhiyā ayamañño uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro’’ti.
「善哉!善哉!阿奴卢塔们!阿奴卢塔们,为了超越这个住处,为了平息这个住处,是否还有其他已证得的上人法、足以圣者之智见的殊胜、安乐住呢?」「大德,怎么会没有呢!大德,在此,我们只要想要,由于寻伺的止息,内净、心一境性,无寻、无伺,定生喜乐,证入第二禅而住。大德,为了超越那个住处,为了平息那个住处,这是另一个已证得的上人法、足以圣者之智见的殊胜、安乐住。」
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, anuruddhā! Etassa pana vo, anuruddhā, vihārassa samatikkamāya etassa vihārassa paṭippassaddhiyā atthañño uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi no siyā, bhante! Idha mayaṃ, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāma pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhakā ca viharāma, satā ca sampajānā, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedema, yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti – ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāma. Etassa, bhante, vihārassa samatikkamāya etassa vihārassa paṭippassaddhiyā ayamañño uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro’’ti.
「善哉!善哉!阿奴卢塔!阿奴卢塔,为了超越此住,为了平息此住,你们是否证得了另一种上人法、足以圣者之智见的殊胜、安乐住?」「大德,怎会没有呢!大德,在此,我们随所欲地,由于喜的离去而住于舍,具念、正知,以身体验乐,正如圣者们所宣说的『舍、具念、乐住』,我们证入第三禅那而住。大德,为了超越此住,为了平息此住,这是另一种上人法、足以圣者之智见的殊胜、安乐住。」
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, anuruddhā! Etassa pana vo, anuruddhā, vihārassa samatikkamāya etassa vihārassa paṭippassaddhiyā atthañño uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro’’ti ? ‘‘Kiñhi no siyā, bhante! Idha mayaṃ, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāma sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharāma. Etassa, bhante, vihārassa samatikkamāya etassa vihārassa paṭippassaddhiyā ayamañño uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro’’ti.
「善哉!善哉!阿奴卢塔!阿奴卢塔,为了超越此住,为了平息此住,你们是否证得了另一种上人法、足以圣者之智见的殊胜、安乐住?」「大德,怎会没有呢!大德,在此,我们随所欲地,由于乐的舍断与苦的舍断,先前喜忧已灭没,不苦不乐,舍念清净,我们证入第四禅那而住。大德,为了超越此住,为了平息此住,这是另一种上人法、足以圣者之智见的殊胜、安乐住。」
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, anuruddhā! Etassa pana vo, anuruddhā, vihārassa samatikkamāya etassa vihārassa paṭippassaddhiyā atthañño uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi no siyā, bhante! Idha mayaṃ, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāma sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharāma. Etassa, bhante, vihārassa samatikkamāya etassa vihārassa paṭippassaddhiyā ayamañño uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro’’ti.
「善哉!善哉!阿奴卢塔!阿奴卢塔,为了超越此住,为了平息此住,你们是否证得了另一种上人法、足以圣者之智见的殊胜、安乐住?」「大德,怎会没有呢!大德,在此,我们随所欲地,完全超越诸色想,灭没对碍想,不作意种种想,『空无边』,我们证入空无边处而住。大德,为了超越此住,为了平息此住,这是另一种上人法、足以圣者之智见的殊胜、安乐住。」
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, anuruddhā! Etassa pana vo, anuruddhā, vihārassa samatikkamāya etassa vihārassa paṭippassaddhiyā atthañño uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi no siyā, bhante! Idha mayaṃ, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāma sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharāma…pe… sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharāma…pe… sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharāma. Etassa, bhante, vihārassa samatikkamāya etassa vihārassa paṭippassaddhiyā ayamañño uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro’’ti.
「善哉!善哉!阿奴卢塔!阿奴卢塔,为了超越此住,为了平息此住,你们是否证得了另一种上人法、足以圣者之智见的殊胜、安乐住?」「大德,怎会没有呢!大德,在此,我们随所欲地,完全超越空无边处,『识无边』,我们证入识无边处而住……完全超越识无边处,『无所有』,我们证入无所有处而住……完全超越无所有处,我们证入非想非非想处而住。大德,为了超越此住,为了平息此住,这是另一种上人法、足以圣者之智见的殊胜、安乐住。」
§329
‘‘Sādhu sādhu, anuruddhā! Etassa pana vo, anuruddhā, vihārassa samatikkamāya etassa vihārassa paṭippassaddhiyā atthañño uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi no siyā, bhante! Idha mayaṃ, bhante, yāvadeva ākaṅkhāma sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharāma, paññāya ca no disvā āsavā parikkhīṇā. Etassa, bhante, vihārassa samatikkamāya etassa vihārassa paṭippassaddhiyā ayamañño uttarimanussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro. Imamhā ca mayaṃ, bhante, phāsuvihārā aññaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ uttaritaraṃ vā paṇītataraṃ vā na samanupassāmā’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, anuruddhā! Imamhā phāsuvihārā uttaritaro vā paṇītataro vā phāsuvihāro natthī’’ti.
「善哉!善哉!阿奴卢塔!阿奴卢塔,为了超越此住,为了平息此住,你们是否证得了另一种上人法、足以圣者之智见的殊胜、安乐住?」「大德,怎会没有呢!大德,在此,我们随所欲地,完全超越非想非非想处,我们证入想受灭而住,以慧见,我们的诸漏已尽。大德,为了超越此住,为了平息此住,这是另一种上人法、足以圣者之智见的殊胜、安乐住。大德,我们不见有比此安乐住更殊胜或更上妙的其他安乐住。」「善哉!善哉!阿奴卢塔!没有比此安乐住更殊胜或更上妙的安乐住。」
§330
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantañca anuruddhaṃ āyasmantañca nandiyaṃ āyasmantañca kimilaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca nandiyo āyasmā ca kimilo bhagavantaṃ anusaṃyāyitvā tato paṭinivattitvā āyasmā ca nandiyo āyasmā ca kimilo āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho mayaṃ āyasmato anuruddhassa evamārocimha – ‘imāsañca imāsañca vihārasamāpattīnaṃ mayaṃ lābhino’ti, yaṃ no āyasmā anuruddho bhagavato sammukhā yāva āsavānaṃ khayā pakāsetī’’ti? ‘‘Na kho me āyasmanto evamārocesuṃ – ‘imāsañca imāsañca vihārasamāpattīnaṃ mayaṃ lābhino’ti, api ca me āyasmantānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca vidito – ‘imāsañca imāsañca vihārasamāpattīnaṃ ime āyasmanto lābhino’ti. Devatāpi me etamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ – ‘imāsañca imāsañca vihārasamāpattīnaṃ ime āyasmanto lābhino’ti. Tamenaṃ bhagavatā pañhābhipuṭṭhena byākata’’nti.
那时,世尊以法语开示、劝导、鼓励、使具寿阿奴卢塔、具寿难地亚、具寿咖弥喇欢喜后,从座起立离去。那时,具寿阿奴卢塔、具寿难地亚、具寿咖弥喇随行世尊后,从那里返回,具寿难地亚与具寿咖弥喇对具寿阿奴卢塔这样说:「我们曾对具寿阿奴卢塔这样告知『我们获得这些与那些住的证得』吗?为何具寿阿奴卢塔在世尊面前宣说直至诸漏尽?」「诸具寿并未对我这样告知『我们获得这些与那些住的证得』,但我以心了知诸具寿的心『这些具寿获得这些与那些住的证得』。天人们也对我告知此义『这些具寿获得这些与那些住的证得』。那时被世尊以问题询问而解答。」
§331
Atha kho dīgho parajano yakkho yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho dīgho parajano yakkho bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘lābhā vata, bhante, vajjīnaṃ, suladdhalābhā vajjipajāya, yattha tathāgato viharati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, ime ca tayo kulaputtā – āyasmā ca anuruddho, āyasmā ca nandiyo, āyasmā ca kimilo’’ti. Dīghassa parajanassa yakkhassa saddaṃ sutvā bhummā devā saddamanussāvesuṃ – ‘lābhā vata, bho, vajjīnaṃ, suladdhalābhā vajjipajāya, yattha tathāgato viharati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, ime ca tayo kulaputtā – āyasmā ca anuruddho, āyasmā ca nandiyo, āyasmā ca kimilo’ti. Bhummānaṃ devānaṃ saddaṃ sutvā cātumahārājikā devā…pe… tāvatiṃsā devā…pe… yāmā devā…pe… tusitā devā…pe… nimmānaratī devā…pe… paranimmitavasavattī devā…pe… brahmakāyikā devā saddamanussāvesuṃ – ‘‘lābhā vata, bho, vajjīnaṃ, suladdhalābhā vajjipajāya, yattha tathāgato viharati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho, ime ca tayo kulaputtā – āyasmā ca anuruddho, āyasmā ca nandiyo, āyasmā ca kimilo’’ti. Itiha te āyasmanto tena khaṇena (tena layena) tena muhuttena yāvabrahmalokā viditā ahesuṃ.
那时,地咖·巴拉加那亚卡前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,站立一旁。站立一旁的地咖·巴拉加那亚卡对世尊这样说:「大德,瓦基人确实是得利者,瓦基民众确实是善得利者,因为如来、阿拉汉、正等正觉者住在那里,以及这三位善男子——具寿阿奴卢塔、具寿难地亚、具寿咖弥喇。」听到地咖·巴拉加那亚卡的声音,地居天人们发出声音:「尊者,瓦基人确实是得利者,瓦基民众确实是善得利者,因为如来、阿拉汉、正等正觉者住在那里,以及这三位善男子——具寿阿奴卢塔、具寿难地亚、具寿咖弥喇。」听到地居天人们的声音,四大王天……三十三天……夜摩天……兜率天……化乐天……他化自在天……梵身天们发出声音:「尊者,瓦基人确实是得利者,瓦基民众确实是善得利者,因为如来、阿拉汉、正等正觉者住在那里,以及这三位善男子——具寿阿奴卢塔、具寿难地亚、具寿咖弥喇。」如此,那些具寿们在那一刹那、那一瞬间、那一须臾,直至梵天界都被知晓了。
‘‘Evametaṃ, dīgha, evametaṃ, dīgha! Yasmāpi, dīgha, kulā ete tayo kulaputtā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā, tañcepi kulaṃ ete tayo kulaputte pasannacittaṃ anussareyya, tassapāssa kulassa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. Yasmāpi, dīgha, kulaparivaṭṭā ete tayo kulaputtā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā, so cepi kulaparivaṭṭo ete tayo kulaputte pasannacitto anussareyya, tassapāssa kulaparivaṭṭassa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. Yasmāpi, dīgha, gāmā ete tayo kulaputtā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā, so cepi gāmo ete tayo kulaputte pasannacitto anussareyya, tassapāssa gāmassa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. Yasmāpi, dīgha, nigamā ete tayo kulaputtā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā, so cepi nigamo ete tayo kulaputte pasannacitto anussareyya, tassapāssa nigamassa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. Yasmāpi, dīgha, nagarā ete tayo kulaputtā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā, tañcepi nagaraṃ ete tayo kulaputte pasannacittaṃ anussareyya, tassapāssa nagarassa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. Yasmāpi, dīgha, janapadā ete tayo kulaputtā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitā, so cepi janapado ete tayo kulaputte pasannacitto anussareyya, tassapāssa janapadassa dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. Sabbe cepi, dīgha, khattiyā ete tayo kulaputte pasannacittā anussareyyuṃ, sabbesānaṃpāssa khattiyānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. Sabbe cepi, dīgha, brāhmaṇā…pe… sabbe cepi, dīgha, vessā…pe… sabbe cepi, dīgha, suddā ete tayo kulaputte pasannacittā anussareyyuṃ, sabbesānaṃpāssa suddānaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. Sadevako cepi, dīgha, loko samārako sabrahmako sassamaṇabrāhmaṇī pajā sadevamanussā ete tayo kulaputte pasannacittā anussareyya, sadevakassapāssa lokassa samārakassa sabrahmakassa sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya. Passa, dīgha, yāva ete tayo kulaputtā bahujanahitāya paṭipannā bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya, atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.
「地咖,确实如此!地咖,确实如此!地咖,这三位善男子从其家族出家,从在家成为非家,如果那个家族以净信心忆念这三位善男子,那将为那个家族长久的利益与安乐。地咖,这三位善男子从其家族圈出家,从在家成为非家,如果那个家族圈以净信心忆念这三位善男子,那将为那个家族圈长久的利益与安乐。地咖,这三位善男子从其村出家,从在家成为非家,如果那个村以净信心忆念这三位善男子,那将为那个村长久的利益与安乐。地咖,这三位善男子从其镇出家,从在家成为非家,如果那个镇以净信心忆念这三位善男子,那将为那个镇长久的利益与安乐。地咖,这三位善男子从其城出家,从在家成为非家,如果那个城以净信心忆念这三位善男子,那将为那个城长久的利益与安乐。地咖,这三位善男子从其国出家,从在家成为非家,如果那个国以净信心忆念这三位善男子,那将为那个国长久的利益与安乐。地咖,如果所有刹帝利以净信心忆念这三位善男子,那将为所有刹帝利长久的利益与安乐。地咖,如果所有婆罗门……地咖,如果所有吠舍……地咖,如果所有首陀罗以净信心忆念这三位善男子,那将为所有首陀罗长久的利益与安乐。地咖,如果有天的世间、有魔的、有梵天的、有沙门婆罗门的人众、有天人的,以净信心忆念这三位善男子,那将为有天的世间、有魔的、有梵天的、有沙门婆罗门的人众、有天人的长久的利益与安乐。地咖,看!这三位善男子如何行于众人的利益、众人的安乐、对世间的悲悯、为天人的利益、利益与安乐。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamano dīgho parajano yakkho bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandīti.
世尊说了这些。心满意足的长者子帝咖巴拉加那亚卡欢喜世尊所说。
Cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ paṭhamaṃ. · 小牛角经完 第一
2. Mahāgosiṅgasuttaṃ2. 大牛角经
§332
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā gosiṅgasālavanadāye viharati sambahulehi abhiññātehi abhiññātehi therehi sāvakehi saddhiṃ – āyasmatā ca sāriputtena āyasmatā ca mahāmoggallānena āyasmatā ca mahākassapena āyasmatā ca anuruddhena āyasmatā ca revatena āyasmatā ca ānandena, aññehi ca abhiññātehi abhiññātehi therehi sāvakehi saddhiṃ. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sāyanhasamayaṃ paṭisallānā vuṭṭhito yenāyasmā mahākassapo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āyāmāvuso, kassapa, yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamissāma dhammassavanāyā’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho āyasmā mahākassapo āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa paccassosi. Atha kho āyasmā ca mahāmoggallāno āyasmā ca mahākassapo āyasmā ca anuruddho yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṃsu dhammassavanāya. Addasā kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantañca mahāmoggallānaṃ āyasmantañca mahākassapaṃ āyasmantañca anuruddhaṃ yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamante dhammassavanāya. Disvāna yenāyasmā revato tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ revataṃ etadavoca – ‘‘upasaṅkamantā kho amū, āvuso revata, sappurisā yenāyasmā sāriputto tena dhammassavanāya. Āyāmāvuso revata, yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamissāma dhammassavanāyā’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho āyasmā revato āyasmato ānandassa paccassosi. Atha kho āyasmā ca revato āyasmā ca ānando yenāyasmā sāriputto tenupasaṅkamiṃsu dhammassavanāya.
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在果新嘎沙喇瓦那达耶,与众多知名的知名的长老弟子们一起——与具寿沙利子、具寿马哈摩嘎喇那、具寿马哈咖沙巴、具寿阿奴卢塔、具寿勒瓦答、具寿阿难达,以及其他知名的知名的长老弟子们一起。那时,具寿马哈摩嘎喇那在傍晚时分从独坐中起来,前往具寿马哈咖沙巴处;抵达后,对具寿马哈咖沙巴这样说——「贤友咖沙巴,来吧,我们前往具寿沙利子处听法。」「是的,贤友。」具寿马哈咖沙巴回答具寿马哈摩嘎喇那。那时,具寿马哈摩嘎喇那、具寿马哈咖沙巴、具寿阿奴卢塔前往具寿沙利子处听法。具寿阿难达看见具寿马哈摩嘎喇那、具寿马哈咖沙巴、具寿阿奴卢塔前往具寿沙利子处听法。看见后,前往具寿勒瓦答处;抵达后,对具寿勒瓦答这样说——「贤友勒瓦答,那些善士们正前往具寿沙利子处听法。贤友勒瓦答,来吧,我们前往具寿沙利子处听法。」「是的,贤友。」具寿勒瓦答回答具寿阿难达。那时,具寿勒瓦答、具寿阿难达前往具寿沙利子处听法。
§333
Addasā kho āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantañca revataṃ āyasmantañca ānandaṃ dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘etu kho āyasmā ānando! Svāgataṃ āyasmato ānandassa bhagavato upaṭṭhākassa bhagavato santikāvacarassa! Ramaṇīyaṃ, āvuso ānanda, gosiṅgasālavanaṃ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti; kathaṃrūpena, āvuso ānanda, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’ti? ‘‘Idhāvuso sāriputta , bhikkhu bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā; kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti, dhātā , vacasā paricitā, manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. So catassannaṃ parisānaṃ dhammaṃ deseti parimaṇḍalehi padabyañjanehi anuppabandhehi anusayasamugghātāya. Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’ti.
具寿沙利子从远处看见具寿勒瓦答、具寿阿难达前来。看见后,对具寿阿难达这样说——「来吧,具寿阿难达!欢迎具寿阿难达,世尊的侍者,世尊的近侍者!贤友阿难达,果新嘎沙喇瓦那令人愉悦,月圆之夜,沙喇树全部开花,我想,天香飘散;贤友阿难达,什么样的比库能使果新嘎沙喇瓦那增辉呢?」「贤友沙利子,这里,比库多闻,持法,积集所闻。那些初善、中善、后善,有义、有文,宣说完全圆满、清净的梵行的诸法,这样的诸法他多闻,受持,以语熟习,以意思惟,以见善通达。他以圆满的句与文,连贯地,为四众说法,以根除随眠。贤友沙利子,这样的比库能使果新嘎沙喇瓦那增辉。」
§334
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṃ revataṃ etadavoca – ‘‘byākataṃ kho, āvuso revata, āyasmatā ānandena yathāsakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ. Tattha dāni mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ revataṃ pucchāma – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, āvuso revata, gosiṅgasālavanaṃ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti; kathaṃrūpena, āvuso revata, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’’ti? ‘‘Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu paṭisallānārāmo hoti paṭisallānarato, ajjhattaṃ cetosamathamanuyutto anirākatajjhāno, vipassanāya samannāgato, brūhetā suññāgārānaṃ. Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’ti.
如是说时,具寿沙利子对具寿勒瓦答这样说——「贤友勒瓦答,具寿阿难达已依自己的辩才解答了。现在我们问具寿勒瓦答——『贤友勒瓦答,果新嘎沙喇瓦那令人愉悦,月圆之夜,沙喇树全部开花,我想,天香飘散;贤友勒瓦答,什么样的比库能使果新嘎沙喇瓦那增辉呢?』」「贤友沙利子,这里,比库乐于独坐,喜爱独坐,致力于内心的止,不舍弃禅那,具足观,增长空闲处。贤友沙利子,这样的比库能使果新嘎沙喇瓦那增辉。」
§335
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘byākataṃ kho, āvuso anuruddha, āyasmatā revatena yathāsakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ. Tattha dāni mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ pucchāma – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, āvuso anuruddha, gosiṅgasālavanaṃ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti; kathaṃrūpena, āvuso anuruddha, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’’ti? ‘‘Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sahassaṃ lokānaṃ voloketi. Seyyathāpi, āvuso sāriputta, cakkhumā puriso uparipāsādavaragato sahassaṃ nemimaṇḍalānaṃ volokeyya; evameva kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sahassaṃ lokānaṃ voloketi. Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’ti.
如是说时,具寿沙利子对具寿阿奴卢塔这样说——「贤友阿奴卢塔,具寿勒瓦答已依自己的辩才解答了。现在我们问具寿阿奴卢塔——『贤友阿奴卢塔,果新嘎沙喇瓦那令人愉悦,月圆之夜,沙喇树全部开花,我想,天香飘散;贤友阿奴卢塔,什么样的比库能使果新嘎沙喇瓦那增辉呢?』」「贤友沙利子,这里,比库以清净、超越人的天眼观察千个世界。贤友沙利子,譬如有眼的人登上高楼顶层,能观察千个轮辋圆圈;同样地,贤友沙利子,比库以清净、超越人的天眼观察千个世界。贤友沙利子,这样的比库能使果新嘎沙喇瓦那增辉。」
§336
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘byākataṃ kho, āvuso kassapa, āyasmatā anuruddhena yathāsakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ. Tattha dāni mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ pucchāma – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, āvuso kassapa, gosiṅgasālavanaṃ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti; kathaṃrūpena, āvuso kassapa, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’’ti? ‘‘Idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu attanā ca āraññiko hoti āraññikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca piṇḍapātiko hoti piṇḍapātikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca paṃsukūliko hoti paṃsukūlikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca tecīvariko hoti tecīvarikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca appiccho hoti appicchatāya ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca santuṭṭho hoti santuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca pavivitto hoti pavivekassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca asaṃsaṭṭho hoti asaṃsaggassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca āraddhavīriyo hoti vīriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti sīlasampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca samādhisampanno hoti samādhisampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca paññāsampanno hoti paññāsampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca vimuttisampanno hoti vimuttisampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanasampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī. Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta , bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’ti.
如是说时,具寿沙利子对具寿马哈咖沙巴这样说——「贤友咖沙巴,具寿阿奴卢塔已依自己的辩才解答了。现在我们问具寿马哈咖沙巴——『贤友咖沙巴,果新嘎沙喇瓦那令人愉悦,月圆之夜,沙喇树全部开花,我想,天香飘散;贤友咖沙巴,什么样的比库能使果新嘎沙喇瓦那增辉呢?』」「贤友沙利子,这里,比库自己是住林者,也赞叹住林;自己是乞食者,也赞叹乞食;自己是尘堆衣者,也赞叹尘堆衣;自己是三衣者,也赞叹三衣;自己是少欲者,也赞叹少欲;自己是知足者,也赞叹知足;自己是远离者,也赞叹远离;自己是不杂住者,也赞叹不交往;自己是发勤精进者,也赞叹精进发起;自己是戒具足者,也赞叹戒具足;自己是定具足者,也赞叹定具足;自己是慧具足者,也赞叹慧具足;自己是解脱具足者,也赞叹解脱具足;自己是解脱智见具足者,也赞叹解脱智见具足。贤友沙利子,这样的比库能使果新嘎沙喇瓦那增辉。」
§337
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘byākataṃ kho, āvuso moggallāna, āyasmatā mahākassapena yathāsakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ. Tattha dāni mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ pucchāma – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, āvuso moggallāna, gosiṅgasālavanaṃ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti; kathaṃrūpena, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’’ti? ‘‘Idhāvuso sāriputta, dve bhikkhū abhidhammakathaṃ kathenti, te aññamaññaṃ pañhaṃ pucchanti, aññamaññassa pañhaṃ puṭṭhā vissajjenti, no ca saṃsādenti , dhammī ca nesaṃ kathā pavattinī hoti. Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’ti.
如是说时,具寿沙利子对具寿马哈摩嘎喇那这样说——「贤友摩嘎喇那,具寿马哈咖沙巴已依自己的辩才解答了。现在我们问具寿马哈摩嘎喇那——『贤友摩嘎喇那,果新嘎沙喇瓦那令人愉悦,月圆之夜,沙喇树全部开花,我想,天香飘散;贤友摩嘎喇那,什么样的比库能使果新嘎沙喇瓦那增辉呢?』」「贤友沙利子,这里,两位比库谈论阿毗达摩,他们互相问问题,互相被问问题时能解答,不停滞,他们的法谈持续进行。贤友沙利子,这样的比库能使果新嘎沙喇瓦那增辉。」
§338
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘byākataṃ kho, āvuso sāriputta, amhehi sabbeheva yathāsakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ. Tattha dāni mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ pucchāma – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, āvuso sāriputta, gosiṅgasālavanaṃ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti; kathaṃrūpena, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’’ti? ‘‘Idhāvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṃ vasaṃ vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. So yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ viharati; yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati majjhanhikasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā majjhanhikasamayaṃ viharati; yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati sāyanhasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā sāyanhasamayaṃ viharati. Seyyathāpi, āvuso moggallāna, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā nānārattānaṃ dussānaṃ dussakaraṇḍako pūro assa. So yaññadeva dussayugaṃ ākaṅkheyya pubbaṇhasamayaṃ pārupituṃ, taṃ tadeva dussayugaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ pārupeyya; yaññadeva dussayugaṃ ākaṅkheyya majjhanhikasamayaṃ pārupituṃ, taṃ tadeva dussayugaṃ majjhanhikasamayaṃ pārupeyya; yaññadeva dussayugaṃ ākaṅkheyya sāyanhasamayaṃ pārupituṃ, taṃ tadeva dussayugaṃ sāyanhasamayaṃ pārupeyya. Evameva kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṃ vasaṃ vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. So yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ viharati; yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati majjhanhikasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā majjhanhikasamayaṃ viharati; yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati sāyanhasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā sāyanhasamayaṃ viharati. Evarūpena kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’ti.
那时,具寿马哈摩嘎喇那对具寿沙利子这样说——「贤友沙利子,我们全部都已依各自的辩才解答了。现在我们问具寿沙利子——『贤友沙利子,果新嘎沙喇瓦那令人愉悦,月圆之夜,沙喇树全部开花,我想,天香飘散;贤友沙利子,什么样的比库能使果新嘎沙喇瓦那增辉呢?』」「贤友摩嘎喇那,这里,比库转心自在,而不被心转;他想以什么住与等至在上午时分住,就以那住与等至在上午时分住;他想以什么住与等至在正午时分住,就以那住与等至在正午时分住;他想以什么住与等至在傍晚时分住,就以那住与等至在傍晚时分住。贤友摩嘎喇那,譬如国王或大臣有装满各种颜色衣服的衣箱。他想在上午时分穿什么衣服双,就在上午时分穿那衣服双;他想在正午时分穿什么衣服双,就在正午时分穿那衣服双;他想在傍晚时分穿什么衣服双,就在傍晚时分穿那衣服双。同样地,贤友摩嘎喇那,比库转心自在,而不被心转;他想以什么住与等至在上午时分住,就以那住与等至在上午时分住;他想以什么住与等至在正午时分住,就以那住与等至在正午时分住;他想以什么住与等至在傍晚时分住,就以那住与等至在傍晚时分住。贤友摩嘎喇那,这样的比库能使果新嘎沙喇瓦那增辉。」
§339
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto te āyasmante etadavoca – ‘‘byākataṃ kho, āvuso, amhehi sabbeheva yathāsakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ. Āyāmāvuso, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamissāma; upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ bhagavato ārocessāma. Yathā no bhagavā byākarissati tathā naṃ dhāressāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho te āyasmanto āyasmato sāriputtassa paccassosuṃ. Atha kho te āyasmanto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘addasaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhante, āyasmantañca revataṃ āyasmantañca ānandaṃ dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘etu kho āyasmā ānando! Svāgataṃ āyasmato ānandassa bhagavato upaṭṭhākassa bhagavato santikāvacarassa! Ramaṇīyaṃ, āvuso ānanda, gosiṅgasālavanaṃ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti; kathaṃrūpena, āvuso ānanda, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’ti? Evaṃ vutte, bhante, āyasmā ānando maṃ etadavoca – ‘idhāvuso, sāriputta, bhikkhu bahussuto hoti sutadharo…pe… anusayasamugghātāya. Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta! Yathā taṃ ānandova sammā byākaramāno byākareyya. Ānando hi, sāriputta, bahussuto sutadharo sutasannicayo. Ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthā sabyañjanā; kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti, tathārūpāssa dhammā bahussutā honti, dhātā, vacasā paricitā, manasānupekkhitā, diṭṭhiyā suppaṭividdhā. So catassannaṃ parisānaṃ dhammaṃ deseti parimaṇḍalehi padabyañjanehi anuppabandhehi anusayasamugghātāyā’’ti.
那时,具寿沙利子对那些具寿说:「诸位贤友,我们全部都已各自依其辩才分别论了。来吧,贤友们,我们去见世尊;去见后,将此事禀告世尊。世尊将如何为我们分别论,我们就如此受持。」「是的,贤友。」那些具寿回答具寿沙利子。那时,那些具寿去见世尊;去见后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。坐于一旁的具寿沙利子对世尊如此说:「尊者,我从远处看见具寿勒瓦答和具寿阿难走来。看见后,我对具寿阿难如此说:『来吧,具寿阿难!欢迎具寿阿难,世尊的侍者,世尊的近侍者!贤友阿难,果新沙喇林可爱,夜晚有月光,诸沙喇树全部花开,我想,天香飘散;贤友阿难,什么样的比库能使果新沙喇林增辉呢?』尊者,如此说时,具寿阿难对我如此说:『贤友沙利子,在此,比库多闻,持法……乃至……为了根除随眠。贤友沙利子,这样的比库能使果新沙喇林增辉。』」「善哉!善哉!沙利子!正如阿难正确分别论而分别论的那样。沙利子,阿难确实多闻,持法,积集所闻。那些初善、中善、后善,有义、有文,宣说纯一圆满清净梵行的诸法,这样的诸法他多闻,受持,以语熟习,以意观察,以见善通达。他以圆满的句与文,以连贯的方式,为四众说法,为了根除随眠。」
§340
‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhante, āyasmantaṃ revataṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘byākataṃ kho, āvuso revata āyasmatā ānandena yathāsakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ. Tattha dāni mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ revataṃ pucchāma – ramaṇīyaṃ, āvuso revata, gosiṅgasālavanaṃ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā maññe gandhā sampavanti. Kathaṃrūpena, āvuso revata, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’ti? Evaṃ vutte, bhante, āyasmā revato maṃ etadavoca – ‘idhāvuso sāriputta bhikkhu paṭisallānārāmo hoti paṭisallānarato , ajjhattaṃ cetosamathamanuyutto, anirākatajjhāno, vipassanāya samannāgato, brūhetā suññāgārānaṃ. Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta! Yathā taṃ revatova sammā byākaramāno byākareyya. Revato hi, sāriputta, paṭisallānārāmo paṭisallānarato, ajjhattaṃ cetosamathamanuyutto anirākatajjhāno, vipassanāya samannāgato brūhetā suññāgārāna’’nti.
「尊者,如此说时,我对具寿勒瓦答如此说:『贤友勒瓦答,具寿阿难已各自依其辩才分别论了。现在我们问具寿勒瓦答:贤友勒瓦答,果新沙喇林可爱,夜晚有月光,诸沙喇树全部花开,我想,天香飘散。贤友勒瓦答,什么样的比库能使果新沙喇林增辉呢?』尊者,如此说时,具寿勒瓦答对我如此说:『贤友沙利子,在此,比库乐于独坐,喜爱独坐,致力于内心的止,不舍弃禅那,具足观,增长空闲处。贤友沙利子,这样的比库能使果新沙喇林增辉。』」「善哉!善哉!沙利子!正如勒瓦答正确分别论而分别论的那样。沙利子,勒瓦答确实乐于独坐,喜爱独坐,致力于内心的止,不舍弃禅那,具足观,增长空闲处。」
§341
‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhante, āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘byākataṃ kho āvuso anuruddha āyasmatā revatena…pe… kathaṃrūpena, āvuso anuruddha, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’ti. Evaṃ vutte, bhante, āyasmā anuruddho maṃ etadavoca – ‘idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sahassaṃ lokānaṃ voloketi. Seyyathāpi, āvuso sāriputta, cakkhumā puriso…pe… evarūpena kho āvuso sāriputta bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta, yathā taṃ anuruddhova sammā byākaramāno byākareyya. Anuruddho hi, sāriputta, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sahassaṃ lokānaṃ voloketī’’ti.
「尊者,如此说时,我对具寿阿奴卢塔如此说:『贤友阿奴卢塔,具寿勒瓦答已……乃至……贤友阿奴卢塔,什么样的比库能使果新沙喇林增辉呢?』尊者,如此说时,具寿阿奴卢塔对我如此说:『贤友沙利子,在此,比库以清净、超越人的天眼,观察千个世界。贤友沙利子,譬如有眼的人……乃至……贤友沙利子,这样的比库能使果新沙喇林增辉。』」「善哉!善哉!沙利子!正如阿奴卢塔正确分别论而分别论的那样。沙利子,阿奴卢塔确实以清净、超越人的天眼,观察千个世界。」
§342
‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, bhante, āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘byākataṃ kho, āvuso kassapa āyasmatā anuruddhena yathāsakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ. Tattha dāni mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ mahākassapaṃ pucchāma…pe… kathaṃ rūpena kho, āvuso kassapa, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’ti? Evaṃ vutte bhante, āyasmā mahākassapo maṃ etadavoca – ‘idhāvuso sāriputta, bhikkhu attanā ca āraññiko hoti āraññikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca piṇḍapātiko hoti…pe… attanā ca paṃsukūliko hoti…pe… attanā ca tecīvariko hoti…pe… attanā ca appiccho hoti…pe… attanā ca santuṭṭho hoti…pe… attanā ca pavivitto hoti…pe… attanā ca asaṃsaṭṭho hoti…pe… attanā ca āraddhavīriyo hoti…pe… attanā ca sīlasampanno hoti…pe… attanā ca samādhisampanno hoti…pe… attanā ca paññāsampanno hoti… attanā ca vimuttisampanno hoti… attanā ca vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno hoti vimuttiñāṇadassanasampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī. Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’’ti . ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta! Yathā taṃ kassapova sammā byākaramāno byākareyya. Kassapo hi, sāriputta, attanā ca āraññiko āraññikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca piṇḍapātiko piṇḍapātikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca paṃsukūliko paṃsukūlikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca tecīvariko tecīvarikattassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca appiccho appicchatāya ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca santuṭṭho santuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca pavivitto pavivekassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca asaṃsaṭṭho asaṃsaggassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca āraddhavīriyo vīriyārambhassa ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca sīlasampanno sīlasampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca samādhisampanno samādhisampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca paññāsampanno paññāsampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca vimuttisampanno vimuttisampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī, attanā ca vimuttiñāṇadassanasampanno vimuttiñāṇadassanasampadāya ca vaṇṇavādī’’ti.
「尊者,如此说时,我对具寿马哈咖沙巴如此说:『贤友咖沙巴,具寿阿奴卢塔已各自依其辩才分别论了。现在我们问具寿马哈咖沙巴……乃至……贤友咖沙巴,什么样的比库能使果新沙喇林增辉呢?』尊者,如此说时,具寿马哈咖沙巴对我如此说:『贤友沙利子,在此,比库自己是住林者,也赞叹住林性;自己是乞食者……乃至……自己是尘堆衣者……乃至……自己是三衣者……乃至……自己是少欲者……乃至……自己是知足者……乃至……自己是远离者……乃至……自己是不杂住者……乃至……自己是精进者……乃至……自己是戒具足者……乃至……自己是定具足者……乃至……自己是慧具足者……自己是解脱具足者……自己是解脱智见具足者,也赞叹解脱智见具足。贤友沙利子,这样的比库能使果新沙喇林增辉。』」「善哉!善哉!沙利子!正如咖沙巴正确分别论而分别论的那样。沙利子,咖沙巴确实自己是住林者,也赞叹住林性;自己是乞食者,也赞叹乞食性;自己是尘堆衣者,也赞叹尘堆衣性;自己是三衣者,也赞叹三衣性;自己是少欲者,也赞叹少欲;自己是知足者,也赞叹知足;自己是远离者,也赞叹远离;自己是不杂住者,也赞叹不杂住;自己是精进者,也赞叹精进;自己是戒具足者,也赞叹戒具足;自己是定具足者,也赞叹定具足;自己是慧具足者,也赞叹慧具足;自己是解脱具足者,也赞叹解脱具足;自己是解脱智见具足者,也赞叹解脱智见具足。」
§343
‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ bhante āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘byākataṃ kho, āvuso moggallāna, āyasmatā mahākassapena yathāsakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ. Tattha dāni mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ pucchāma…pe… kathaṃrūpena, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’ti? Evaṃ vutte, bhante, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno maṃ etadavoca – ‘idhāvuso sāriputta, dve bhikkhū abhidhammakathaṃ kathenti. Te aññamaññaṃ pañhaṃ pucchanti, aññamaññassa pañhaṃ puṭṭhā vissajjenti, no ca saṃsādenti, dhammī ca nesaṃ kathā pavattinī hoti. Evarūpena kho, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, sāriputta, yathā taṃ moggallānova sammā byākaramāno byākareyya. Moggallāno hi, sāriputta, dhammakathiko’’ti.
「尊者,如此说时,我对具寿马哈摩嘎喇那如此说:『贤友摩嘎喇那,具寿马哈咖沙巴已各自依其辩才分别论了。现在我们问具寿马哈摩嘎喇那……乃至……贤友摩嘎喇那,什么样的比库能使果新沙喇林增辉呢?』尊者,如此说时,具寿马哈摩嘎喇那对我如此说:『贤友沙利子,在此,两位比库谈论阿毗达摩论。他们互相问问题,互相被问问题时回答,不陷入困境,他们的法谈持续进行。贤友沙利子,这样的比库能使果新沙喇林增辉。』」「善哉!善哉!沙利子!正如摩嘎喇那正确分别论而分别论的那样。沙利子,摩嘎喇那确实是说法者。」
§344
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘atha khvāhaṃ, bhante, āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘byākataṃ kho, āvuso sāriputta, amhehi sabbeheva yathāsakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ. Tattha dāni mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ pucchāma – ramaṇīyaṃ, āvuso sāriputta, gosiṅgasālavanaṃ, dosinā ratti, sabbaphāliphullā sālā, dibbā, maññe, gandhā sampavanti. Kathaṃrūpena, āvuso sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’ti? Evaṃ vutte, bhante, āyasmā sāriputto maṃ etadavoca – ‘idhāvuso, moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṃ vasaṃ vatteti no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. So yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ viharati; yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati majjhanhikasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā majjhanhikasamayaṃ viharati; yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati sāyanhasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā sāyanhasamayaṃ viharati. Seyyathāpi, āvuso moggallāna, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā nānārattānaṃ dussānaṃ dussakaraṇḍako pūro assa. So yaññadeva dussayugaṃ ākaṅkheyya pubbaṇhasamayaṃ pārupituṃ , taṃ tadeva dussayugaṃ pubbaṇhasamayaṃ pārupeyya; yaññadeva dussayugaṃ ākaṅkheyya majjhanhikasamayaṃ pārupituṃ, taṃ tadeva dussayugaṃ majjhanhikasamayaṃ pārupeyya; yaññadeva dussayugaṃ ākaṅkheyya sāyanhasamayaṃ pārupituṃ, taṃ tadeva dussayugaṃ sāyanhasamayaṃ pārupeyya. Evameva kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhu cittaṃ vasaṃ vatteti, no ca bhikkhu cittassa vasena vattati. So yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ viharati; yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati majjhanhikasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā majjhanhikasamayaṃ viharati; yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati sāyanhasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā sāyanhasamayaṃ viharati. Evarūpena kho, āvuso moggallāna, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, moggallāna! Yathā taṃ sāriputtova sammā byākaramāno byākareyya. Sāriputto hi, moggallāna, cittaṃ vasaṃ vatteti no ca sāriputto cittassa vasena vattati. So yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati pubbaṇhasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ viharati; yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati majjhanhikasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā majjhanhikasamayaṃ viharati; yāya vihārasamāpattiyā ākaṅkhati sāyanhasamayaṃ viharituṃ, tāya vihārasamāpattiyā sāyanhasamayaṃ viharatī’’ti.
如此说时,具寿马哈摩嘎喇那对世尊如此说:「那时,尊者,我对具寿沙利子如此说:『贤友沙利子,我们全部都已各自依其辩才分别论了。现在我们问具寿沙利子:贤友沙利子,果新沙喇林可爱,夜晚有月光,诸沙喇树全部花开,我想,天香飘散。贤友沙利子,什么样的比库能使果新沙喇林增辉呢?』尊者,如此说时,具寿沙利子对我如此说:『贤友摩嘎喇那,在此,比库转心自在,比库不随心转。他想以何种住与等至于上午时分而住,就以那种住与等至于上午时分而住;他想以何种住与等至于中午时分而住,就以那种住与等至于中午时分而住;他想以何种住与等至于傍晚时分而住,就以那种住与等至于傍晚时分而住。贤友摩嘎喇那,譬如国王或大臣有装满各种颜色衣服的衣箱。他想于上午时分穿哪一对衣服,就于上午时分穿那一对衣服;他想于中午时分穿哪一对衣服,就于中午时分穿那一对衣服;他想于傍晚时分穿哪一对衣服,就于傍晚时分穿那一对衣服。同样地,贤友摩嘎喇那,比库转心自在,比库不随心转。他想以何种住与等至于上午时分而住,就以那种住与等至于上午时分而住;他想以何种住与等至于中午时分而住,就以那种住与等至于中午时分而住;他想以何种住与等至于傍晚时分而住,就以那种住与等至于傍晚时分而住。贤友摩嘎喇那,这样的比库能使果新沙喇林增辉。』」「善哉!善哉!摩嘎喇那!正如沙利子正确分别论而分别论的那样。摩嘎喇那,沙利子确实转心自在,沙利子不随心转。他想以何种住与等至于上午时分而住,就以那种住与等至于上午时分而住;他想以何种住与等至于中午时分而住,就以那种住与等至于中午时分而住;他想以何种住与等至于傍晚时分而住,就以那种住与等至于傍晚时分而住。」
§345
Evaṃ vutte, āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kassa nu kho, bhante, subhāsita’’nti? ‘‘Sabbesaṃ vo, sāriputta, subhāsitaṃ pariyāyena. Api ca mamapi suṇātha yathārūpena bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyya. Idha, sāriputta, bhikkhu pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ imaṃ pallaṅkaṃ bhindissāmi yāva me nānupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccissatī’ti. Evarūpena kho, sāriputta, bhikkhunā gosiṅgasālavanaṃ sobheyyā’’ti.
如此说时,具寿沙利子对世尊如此说:「尊者,谁说得好呢?」「沙利子,你们全部都依方式说得好。然而,你们也听我说,什么样的比库能使果新沙喇林增辉。沙利子,在此,比库午后从乞食返回,结跏趺坐,正直身体,现起面前之念:『我不破此跏趺坐,直到我的心从诸漏无取而解脱。』沙利子,这样的比库能使果新沙喇林增辉。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te āyasmanto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
世尊如此说。那些具寿心满意足,欢喜世尊所说。
Mahāgosiṅgasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dutiyaṃ. · 大牛角经完 第二
3. Mahāgopālakasuttaṃ3. 大牧牛者经
§346
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。在那里,世尊称呼诸比库:「诸比库。」「尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊说此:
‘‘Ekādasahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato gopālako abhabbo gogaṇaṃ pariharituṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ . Katamehi ekādasahi? Idha, bhikkhave, gopālako na rūpaññū hoti, na lakkhaṇakusalo hoti, na āsāṭikaṃ hāretā hoti, na vaṇaṃ paṭicchādetā hoti, na dhūmaṃ kattā hoti, na titthaṃ jānāti, na pītaṃ jānāti, na vīthiṃ jānāti, na gocarakusalo hoti anavasesadohī ca hoti. Ye te usabhā gopitaro gopariṇāyakā te na atirekapūjāya pūjetā hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, ekādasahi aṅgehi samannāgato gopālako abhabbo gogaṇaṃ pariharituṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, ekādasahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Katamehi ekādasahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na rūpaññū hoti, na lakkhaṇakusalo hoti, na āsāṭikaṃ hāretā hoti, na vaṇaṃ paṭicchādetā hoti, na dhūmaṃ kattā hoti, na titthaṃ jānāti, na pītaṃ jānāti, na vīthiṃ jānāti, na gocarakusalo hoti, anavasesadohī ca hoti. Ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā te na atirekapūjāya pūjetā hoti.
「诸比库,具足十一支的牧牛者,不能护持牛群使其增长繁盛。哪十一支?诸比库,这里,牧牛者不知色,不善巧相,不除虻,不覆疮,不作烟,不知渡处,不知已饮,不知道路,不善巧牧场,并且榨乳无余。那些作为牛群保护者、牛群引导者的公牛,他不以特别的尊敬来尊敬。诸比库,具足这十一支的牧牛者,不能护持牛群使其增长繁盛。同样地,诸比库,具足十非法品的比库,不能在此法、律中达到增长、成长、广大。哪十非法品?诸比库,这里,比库不知色,不善巧相,不除虻,不覆疮,不作烟,不知渡处,不知已饮,不知道路,不善巧行处,并且榨乳无余。那些作为僧团之父、僧团引导者的长老比库,久知、久出家者,他不以特别的尊敬来尊敬。
§347
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na rūpaññū hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ sabbaṃ rūpaṃ ‘cattāri mahābhūtāni, catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyarūpa’nti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na rūpaññū hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何不知色?诸比库,这里,比库对于一切色,不如实了知『一切色是四大种,以及四大种所造色』。诸比库,比库如此不知色。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na lakkhaṇakusalo hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘kammalakkhaṇo bālo, kammalakkhaṇo paṇḍito’ti yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na lakkhaṇakusalo hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何不善巧相?诸比库,这里,比库不如实了知『愚者以业为相,智者以业为相』。诸比库,比库如此不善巧相。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na āsāṭikaṃ hāretā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ adhivāseti, nappajahati na vinodeti na byantī karoti na anabhāvaṃ gameti. Uppannaṃ byāpādavitakkaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ…pe… uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme adhivāseti, nappajahati na vinodeti na byantī karoti na anabhāvaṃ gameti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na āsāṭikaṃ hāretā hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何不除虻?诸比库,这里,比库对已生起的欲寻容忍,不舍断、不除去、不使其灭尽、不使其不存在。对已生起的嗔寻……对已生起的害寻……对已生起的诸恶不善法容忍,不舍断、不除去、不使其灭尽、不使其不存在。诸比库,比库如此不除虻。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na vaṇaṃ paṭicchādetā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā nimittaggāhī hoti anubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya na paṭipajjati, na rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye na saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā…pe… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā…pe… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya nimittaggāhī hoti anubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya na paṭipajjati, na rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye na saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na vaṇaṃ paṭicchādetā hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何不覆疮?诸比库,这里,比库以眼见色后,成为取相者、取随相者。由于住于不防护此眼根,贪忧、诸恶不善法会流入,他不为其防护而行道,不守护眼根,不在眼根上达到防护。以耳闻声后……以鼻嗅香后……以舌尝味后……以身触所触后……以意识法后,成为取相者、取随相者。由于住于不防护此意根,贪忧、诸恶不善法会流入,他不为其防护而行道,不守护意根,不在意根上达到防护。诸比库,比库如此不覆疮。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na dhūmaṃ kattā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ na vitthārena paresaṃ desetā hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na dhūmaṃ kattā hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何不作烟?诸比库,这里,比库不详细地为他人宣说如所闻、如所学的法。诸比库,比库如此不作烟。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na titthaṃ jānāti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ye te bhikkhū bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā, te kālena kālaṃ upasaṅkamitvā na paripucchati, na paripañhati – ‘idaṃ, bhante, kathaṃ? Imassa ko attho’ti? Tassa te āyasmanto avivaṭañceva na vivaranti, anuttānīkatañca na uttānī karonti, anekavihitesu ca kaṅkhāṭhānīyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṃ na paṭivinodenti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na titthaṃ jānāti.
「诸比库,比库如何不知渡处?诸比库,这里,比库对于那些多闻、通晓圣典、持法、持律、持三十二相的诸比库,不时时前往请问、询问:『尊者,这是如何?这个的意义是什么?』那些具寿不为他开显未开显者,不为他阐明未阐明者,不为他在种种令人疑惑的法上除去疑惑。诸比库,比库如此不知渡处。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na pītaṃ jānāti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye desiyamāne na labhati atthavedaṃ, na labhati dhammavedaṃ, na labhati dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na pītaṃ jānāti.
「诸比库,比库如何不知已饮?诸比库,这里,比库在如来所宣说的法与律被教导时,不获得义的喜悦,不获得法的喜悦,不获得与法相应的欣悦。诸比库,比库如此不知已饮。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na vīthiṃ jānāti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na vīthiṃ jānāti.
「诸比库,比库如何不知道路?诸比库,这里,比库不如实了知圣八支道。诸比库,比库如此不知道路。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na gocarakusalo hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cattāro satipaṭṭhāne yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave , bhikkhu na gocarakusalo hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何不善巧于牧场?诸比库,这里,比库不如实了知须跋。诸比库,比库如此不善巧于牧场。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anavasesadohī hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ saddhā gahapatikā abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavārenti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi, tatra bhikkhu mattaṃ na jānāti paṭiggahaṇāya. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anavasesadohī hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何是无余榨乳者?诸比库,这里,有信的诸居士邀请比库接受衣、食、住所、病者所需的医药资具,在那里,比库于接受时不知适量。诸比库,比库如此是无余榨乳者。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā te na atirekapūjāya pūjetā hoti ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā, tesu na mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpeti āvi ceva raho ca; na mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpeti āvi ceva raho ca; na mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpeti āvi ceva raho ca. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā te na atirekapūjāya pūjetā hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何不以超越的恭敬恭敬那些长老比库、久住者、久出家者、僧团之父、僧团的引导者?诸比库,这里,比库对那些长老比库、久住者、久出家者、僧团之父、僧团的引导者,不现起慈爱的身业,无论在公开或私下;不现起慈爱的语业,无论在公开或私下;不现起慈爱的意业,无论在公开或私下。诸比库,比库如此不以超越的恭敬恭敬那些长老比库、久住者、久出家者、僧团之父、僧团的引导者。
‘‘Imehi kho bhikkhave ekādasahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu abhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ.
「诸比库,具足这十非法品的比库,不能在此法与律中达到增长、成长、广大。
§348
‘‘Ekādasahi , bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato gopālako bhabbo gogaṇaṃ pariharituṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ. Katamehi ekādasahi? Idha, bhikkhave , gopālako rūpaññū hoti, lakkhaṇakusalo hoti, āsāṭikaṃ hāretā hoti, vaṇaṃ paṭicchādetā hoti, dhūmaṃ kattā hoti, titthaṃ jānāti, pītaṃ jānāti, vīthiṃ jānāti, gocarakusalo hoti, sāvasesadohī ca hoti. Ye te usabhā gopitaro gopariṇāyakā te atirekapūjāya pūjetā hoti. Imehi kho, bhikkhave, ekādasahi aṅgehi samannāgato gopālako bhabbo gogaṇaṃ pariharituṃ phātiṃ kātuṃ. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, ekādasahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjituṃ. Katamehi ekādasahi? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rūpaññū hoti, lakkhaṇakusalo hoti, āsāṭikaṃ hāretā hoti, vaṇaṃ paṭicchādetā hoti, dhūmaṃ kattā hoti, titthaṃ jānāti, pītaṃ jānāti, vīthiṃ jānāti, gocarakusalo hoti, sāvasesadohī ca hoti. Ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā te atirekapūjāya pūjetā hoti.
「诸比库,具足十一支的牧牛者,能够护持牛群,使之繁盛。是哪十一支?诸比库,这里,牧牛者知色,善巧于相,除去虫卵,覆盖伤口,作烟熏,知渡口,知已饮,知道路,善巧于牧场,有余榨乳,以超越的恭敬恭敬那些公牛、牛群的保护者、牛群的引导者。诸比库,具足这十一支的牧牛者,能够护持牛群,使之繁盛。同样地,诸比库,具足十非法品的比库,能够在此法与律中达到增长、成长、广大。是哪十非法品?诸比库,这里,比库知色,善巧于相,除去虫卵,覆盖伤口,作烟熏,知渡口,知已饮,知道路,善巧于牧场,有余榨乳,以超越的恭敬恭敬那些长老比库、久住者、久出家者、僧团之父、僧团的引导者。
§349
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rūpaññū hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ sabbaṃ rūpaṃ ‘cattāri mahābhūtāni , catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāyarūpa’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu rūpaññū hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何知色?诸比库,这里,比库如实了知一切色皆是『四大界与四大界的所造色』。诸比库,比库如此知色。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu lakkhaṇakusalo hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kammalakkhaṇo bālo, kammalakkhaṇo paṇḍitoti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu lakkhaṇakusalo hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何善巧于相?诸比库,于此,比库如实了知『愚者的业相,智者的业相』。诸比库,比库如此善巧于相。
‘‘Kathañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsāṭikaṃ hāretā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāseti, pajahati vinodeti byantī karoti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Uppannaṃ byāpādavitakkaṃ…pe… uppannaṃ vihiṃsāvitakkaṃ…pe… uppannuppanne pāpake akusale dhamme nādhivāseti, pajahati vinodeti byantī karoti anabhāvaṃ gameti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āsāṭikaṃ hāretā hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何是除去种子者?诸比库,于此,比库对已生起的欲寻不容忍,舍断、除去、灭除、使之不存在。对已生起的嗔寻……对已生起的害寻……对已生起的诸恶不善法不容忍,舍断、除去、灭除、使之不存在。诸比库,比库如此是除去种子者。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇaṃ paṭicchādetā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā…pe… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā…pe… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vaṇaṃ paṭicchādetā hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何是覆盖伤口者?诸比库,于此,比库以眼见色后,不取相,不取随相。因为当他住于眼根不防护时,贪忧、诸恶不善法会流入,他为了防护而行道,守护眼根,在眼根上达到防护。以耳闻声后……以鼻嗅香后……以舌尝味后……以身触所触后……以意识法后,不取相,不取随相。因为当他住于意根不防护时,贪忧、诸恶不善法会流入,他为了防护而行道,守护意根,在意根上达到防护。诸比库,比库如此是覆盖伤口者。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhūmaṃ kattā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ desetā hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dhūmaṃ kattā hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何是作烟者?诸比库,于此,比库如其所闻、如其所学,详细地为他人说法。诸比库,比库如此是作烟者。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu titthaṃ jānāti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ye te bhikkhū bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā te kālena kālaṃ upasaṅkamitvā paripucchati, paripañhati – ‘idaṃ, bhante, kathaṃ? Imassa ko attho’ti? Tassa te āyasmanto avivaṭañceva vivaranti, anuttānīkatañca uttānī karonti, anekavihitesu ca kaṅkhāṭhānīyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṃ paṭivinodenti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu titthaṃ jānāti.
「诸比库,比库如何知渡口?诸比库,于此,比库时时前往那些多闻、通晓圣典、持法、持律、持三十二相的诸比库处,询问、请问:『尊者,这是如何?这个的意义是什么?』那些具寿为他开显未开显的,阐明未阐明的,对种种令人疑惑的法除去疑惑。诸比库,比库如此知渡口。
‘‘Kathañca bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītaṃ jānāti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye desiyamāne labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhammūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītaṃ jānāti.
「诸比库,比库如何知已饮?诸比库,于此,比库在如来所宣说的法与律被教导时,获得义的喜悦,获得法的喜悦,获得与法相应的欣悦。诸比库,比库如此知已饮。
‘‘Kathañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhu vīthiṃ jānāti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyaṃ aṭṭhaṅgikaṃ maggaṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vīthiṃ jānāti.
「诸比库,比库如何知道路?诸比库,于此,比库如实了知圣八支道。诸比库,比库如此知道路。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gocarakusalo hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cattāro satipaṭṭhāne yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gocarakusalo hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何善巧于牧场?诸比库,于此,比库如实了知须跋。诸比库,比库如此善巧于牧场。
‘‘Kathañca bhikkhave, bhikkhu sāvasesadohī hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhuṃ saddhā gahapatikā abhihaṭṭhuṃ pavārenti cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhārehi. Tatra bhikkhu mattaṃ jānāti paṭiggahaṇāya. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sāvasesadohī hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何是留有余地的挤奶者?诸比库,于此,有信的诸居士邀请比库接受衣、食、住所、病者所需的医药资具。在那里,比库知量而接受。诸比库,比库如此是留有余地的挤奶者。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā, te atirekapūjāya pūjetā hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā tesu mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpeti āvi ceva raho ca; mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpeti āvi ceva raho ca; mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpeti āvi ceva raho ca. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā te atirekapūjāya pūjetā hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何以超越的恭敬恭敬那些长老比库、久住者、久出家者、僧团之父、僧团的引导者?诸比库,于此,比库对那些长老比库、久住者、久出家者、僧团之父、僧团的引导者,在明处与暗处现起慈爱的身业;在明处与暗处现起慈爱的语业;在明处与暗处现起慈爱的意业。诸比库,比库如此以超越的恭敬恭敬那些长老比库、久住者、久出家者、僧团之父、僧团的引导者。
‘‘Imehi kho, bhikkhave, ekādasahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu bhabbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjitu’’nti.
「诸比库,具足这十非法品的比库,能在此法、律中达到增长、增大、广大。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
世尊说此。那些比库心满意足,欢喜世尊所说。
Mahāgopālakasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ. · 大牧牛者经完 第三
4. Cūḷagopālakasuttaṃ4. 小牧牛者经
§350
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vajjīsu viharati ukkacelāyaṃ gaṅgāya nadiyā tīre. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
如是我闻。一时,世尊住在瓦基人中,在恒河岸边的伍咖切喇。在那里,世尊称呼诸比库:「诸比库。」「尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊如此说:
‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ , bhikkhave, māgadhako gopālako duppaññajātiko, vassānaṃ pacchime māse saradasamaye, asamavekkhitvā gaṅgāya nadiyā orimaṃ tīraṃ, asamavekkhitvā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, atittheneva gāvo patāresi uttaraṃ tīraṃ suvidehānaṃ. Atha kho, bhikkhave, gāvo majjhegaṅgāya nadiyā sote āmaṇḍaliyaṃ karitvā tattheva anayabyasanaṃ āpajjiṃsu. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi so, bhikkhave, māgadhako gopālako duppaññajātiko, vassānaṃ pacchime māse saradasamaye, asamavekkhitvā gaṅgāya nadiyā orimaṃ tīraṃ, asamavekkhitvā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, atittheneva gāvo patāresi uttaraṃ tīraṃ suvidehānaṃ. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā akusalā imassa lokassa akusalā parassa lokassa, akusalā māradheyyassa akusalā amāradheyyassa, akusalā maccudheyyassa akusalā amaccudheyyassa, tesaṃ ye sotabbaṃ saddahātabbaṃ maññissanti, tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya.
「诸比库,过去,有一位马嘎达的牧牛者,是愚痴之辈,在雨季最后一个月的秋季时节,未观察恒河的此岸,未观察彼岸,就在非渡口处驱赶牛群渡向北岸的须毗提诃。诸比库,那时,牛群在恒河中流打转,就在那里遭遇灾难与不幸。那是什么原因?诸比库,因为那位马嘎达的牧牛者是愚痴之辈,在雨季最后一个月的秋季时节,未观察恒河的此岸,未观察彼岸,就在非渡口处驱赶牛群渡向北岸的须毗提诃。诸比库,同样地,凡任何沙门或婆罗门,不善巧此世间、不善巧他世间,不善巧魔境、不善巧非魔境,不善巧死境、不善巧非死境,若有人认为应听从他们、应信受他们,那将长久导致他们的无益与痛苦。
§351
‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, māgadhako gopālako sappaññajātiko, vassānaṃ pacchime māse saradasamaye, samavekkhitvā gaṅgāya nadiyā orimaṃ tīraṃ, samavekkhitvā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, tittheneva gāvo patāresi uttaraṃ tīraṃ suvidehānaṃ. So paṭhamaṃ patāresi ye te usabhā gopitaro gopariṇāyakā. Te tiriyaṃ gaṅgāya sotaṃ chetvā sotthinā pāraṃ agamaṃsu. Athāpare patāresi balavagāvo dammagāvo. Tepi tiriyaṃ gaṅgāya sotaṃ chetvā sotthinā pāraṃ agamaṃsu. Athāpare patāresi vacchatare vacchatariyo. Tepi tiriyaṃ gaṅgāya sotaṃ chetvā sotthinā pāraṃ agamaṃsu. Athāpare patāresi vacchake kisābalake . Tepi tiriyaṃ gaṅgāya sotaṃ chetvā sotthinā pāraṃ agamaṃsu. Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, vacchako taruṇako tāvadeva jātako mātugoravakena vuyhamāno, sopi tiriyaṃ gaṅgāya sotaṃ chetvā sotthinā pāraṃ agamāsi. Taṃ kissa hetu? Tathā hi so, bhikkhave, māgadhako gopālako sappaññajātiko , vassānaṃ pacchime māse saradasamaye, samavekkhitvā gaṅgāya nadiyā orimaṃ tīraṃ, samavekkhitvā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, tittheneva gāvo patāresi uttaraṃ tīraṃ suvidehānaṃ. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kusalā imassa lokassa kusalā parassa lokassa, kusalā māradheyyassa kusalā amāradheyyassa, kusalā maccudheyyassa kusalā amaccudheyyassa, tesaṃ ye sotabbaṃ saddahātabbaṃ maññissanti, tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya.
「诸比库,过去,有一位马嘎达的牧牛者,是有慧之辈,在雨季最后一个月的秋季时节,观察了恒河的此岸,观察了彼岸,就在渡口处驱赶牛群渡向北岸的须毗提诃。他首先驱赶那些公牛、牛群的保护者、牛群的引导者。它们横渡恒河之流,安全地到达彼岸。然后他驱赶强壮的牛、驯服的牛。它们也横渡恒河之流,安全地到达彼岸。然后他驱赶小公牛、小母牛。它们也横渡恒河之流,安全地到达彼岸。然后他驱赶幼小瘦弱的牛犊。它们也横渡恒河之流,安全地到达彼岸。诸比库,过去,有一头刚出生的幼小牛犊,被母牛的叫声牵引,它也横渡恒河之流,安全地到达彼岸。那是什么原因?诸比库,因为那位马嘎达的牧牛者是有慧之辈,在雨季最后一个月的秋季时节,观察了恒河的此岸,观察了彼岸,就在渡口处驱赶牛群渡向北岸的须毗提诃。诸比库,同样地,凡任何沙门或婆罗门,善巧此世间、善巧他世间,善巧魔境、善巧非魔境,善巧死境、善巧非死境,若有人认为应听从他们、应信受他们,那将长久导致他们的利益与快乐。
§352
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, ye te usabhā gopitaro gopariṇāyakā te tiriyaṃ gaṅgāya sotaṃ chetvā sotthinā pāraṃ agamaṃsu, evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū arahanto khīṇāsavā vusitavanto katakaraṇīyā ohitabhārā anuppattasadatthā parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojanā sammadaññā vimuttā, te tiriyaṃ mārassa sotaṃ chetvā sotthinā pāraṃ gatā.
「诸比库,犹如那些公牛、牛群的保护者、牛群的引导者横渡恒河之流,安全地到达彼岸,诸比库,同样地,那些阿拉汉比库、诸漏已尽、已住梵行、应作已作、已卸重担、已达自己的目的、有结已尽、以正智解脱者,他们横渡魔之流,安全地到达彼岸。
‘‘Seyyathāpi te, bhikkhave, balavagāvo dammagāvo tiriyaṃ gaṅgāya sotaṃ chetvā sotthinā pāraṃ agamaṃsu, evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā, tepi tiriyaṃ mārassa sotaṃ chetvā sotthinā pāraṃ gamissanti.
「诸比库,犹如那些强壮的公牛、驯服的公牛横渡恒河之流,安全地到达彼岸,同样地,诸比库,那些比库由于五下分结的灭尽,成为化生者,在那里般涅槃,不从那个世间再来,他们也将横渡魔的流,安全地到达彼岸。
‘‘Seyyathāpi te, bhikkhave, vacchatarā vacchatariyo tiriyaṃ gaṅgāya sotaṃ chetvā sotthinā pāraṃ agamaṃsu, evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakiṃdeva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti, tepi tiriyaṃ mārassa sotaṃ chetvā sotthinā pāraṃ gamissanti.
「诸比库,犹如那些小母牛、小公牛横渡恒河之流,安全地到达彼岸,同样地,诸比库,那些比库由于三结的灭尽,贪嗔痴的减弱,成为一来者,只来此世间一次即将作苦的终结,他们也将横渡魔的流,安全地到达彼岸。
‘‘Seyyathāpi te, bhikkhave, vacchakā kisābalakā tiriyaṃ gaṅgāya sotaṃ chetvā sotthinā pāraṃ agamaṃsu, evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyanā, tepi tiriyaṃ mārassa sotaṃ chetvā sotthinā pāraṃ gamissanti.
「诸比库,犹如那些瘦弱的小牛横渡恒河之流,安全地到达彼岸,同样地,诸比库,那些比库由于三结的灭尽,成为入流者,不堕恶趣法,决定,以正觉为彼岸,他们也将横渡魔的流,安全地到达彼岸。
‘‘Seyyathāpi so, bhikkhave, vacchako taruṇako tāvadeva jātako mātugoravakena vuyhamāno tiriyaṃ gaṅgāya sotaṃ chetvā sotthinā pāraṃ agamāsi, evameva kho, bhikkhave, ye te bhikkhū dhammānusārino saddhānusārino, tepi tiriyaṃ mārassa sotaṃ chetvā sotthinā pāraṃ gamissanti.
「诸比库,犹如那头刚出生的幼小牛犊,被母牛的喉音所牵引,横渡恒河之流,安全地到达彼岸,同样地,诸比库,那些比库是随法行者、随信行者,他们也将横渡魔的流,安全地到达彼岸。
‘‘Ahaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, kusalo imassa lokassa kusalo parassa lokassa, kusalo māradheyyassa kusalo amāradheyyassa, kusalo maccudheyyassa kusalo amaccudheyyassa. Tassa mayhaṃ, bhikkhave, ye sotabbaṃ saddahātabbaṃ maññissanti, tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti.
「诸比库,我确实善巧于此世间,善巧于他世间,善巧于魔的领域,善巧于非魔的领域,善巧于死的领域,善巧于非死的领域。诸比库,对于那些认为应听我所说、应信受的人,那将长久地利益他们、使他们快乐。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvā sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –
世尊说此。说此之后,善逝、导师又说此:
‘‘Ayaṃ loko paro loko, jānatā suppakāsito;
「此世间、他世间,被知者善说明;
Yañca mārena sampattaṃ, appattaṃ yañca maccunā.
凡被魔所到达的,以及未被死所到达的。
‘‘Sabbaṃ lokaṃ abhiññāya, sambuddhena pajānatā;
「已遍知一切世间,由正自觉者所了知;
Vivaṭaṃ amatadvāraṃ, khemaṃ nibbānapattiyā.
不死之门已开启,为了安稳涅槃的证得。
‘‘Chinnaṃ pāpimato sotaṃ, viddhastaṃ vinaḷīkataṃ;
「魔的流已被切断,已被破坏、已被摧毁;
Pāmojjabahulā hotha, khemaṃ pattattha bhikkhavo’’ti.
诸比库,你们应多喜悦,你们已证得安稳。」
Cūḷagopālakasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ catutthaṃ. · 小牧牛者经完 第四
5. Cūḷasaccakasuttaṃ5. 小萨吒咖经
§353
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena saccako nigaṇṭhaputto vesāliyaṃ paṭivasati bhassappavādako paṇḍitavādo sādhusammato bahujanassa. So vesāliyaṃ parisati evaṃ vācaṃ bhāsati – ‘‘nāhaṃ taṃ passāmi samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā, saṅghiṃ gaṇiṃ gaṇācariyaṃ, api arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ paṭijānamānaṃ, yo mayā vādena vādaṃ samāraddho na saṅkampeyya na sampakampeyya na sampavedheyya, yassa na kacchehi sedā mucceyyuṃ. Thūṇaṃ cepāhaṃ acetanaṃ vādena vādaṃ samārabheyyaṃ, sāpi mayā vādena vādaṃ samāraddhā saṅkampeyya sampakampeyya sampavedheyya. Ko pana vādo manussabhūtassā’’ti?
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在韦萨离大林重阁讲堂。尔时,尼干陀之子萨咖咖住在韦萨离,是一位善辩者、辩才者,被众人认为是善说者。他在韦萨离的集会中如此说话——「我不见任何沙门或婆罗门、僧团领袖、团体导师,即使自称是阿拉汉、正等正觉者,当被我以论辩开始论辩时,不会动摇、不会震动、不会颤抖,不会从腋下流汗。即使我对无心识的柱子以论辩开始论辩,那柱子被我以论辩开始论辩时,也会动摇、会震动、会颤抖。更何况是人呢?」
Atha kho āyasmā assaji pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Addasā kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto vesāliyaṃ jaṅghāvihāraṃ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno āyasmantaṃ assajiṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna yenāyasmā assaji tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmatā assajinā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto āyasmantaṃ assajiṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kathaṃ pana, bho assaji, samaṇo gotamo sāvake vineti, kathaṃbhāgā ca pana samaṇassa gotamassa sāvakesu anusāsanī bahulā pavattatī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ kho, aggivessana, bhagavā sāvake vineti, evaṃbhāgā ca pana bhagavato sāvakesu anusāsanī bahulā pavattati – ‘rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, aniccaṃ, vedanā aniccā, saññā aniccā, saṅkhārā aniccā, viññāṇaṃ aniccaṃ. Rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, anattā, vedanā anattā, saññā anattā, saṅkhārā anattā, viññāṇaṃ anattā. Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā, sabbe dhammā anattā’ti. Evaṃ kho, aggivessana, bhagavā sāvake vineti, evaṃbhāgā ca pana bhagavato sāvakesu anusāsanī bahulā pavattatī’’ti. ‘‘Dussutaṃ vata, bho assaji, assumha ye mayaṃ evaṃvādiṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ assumha. Appeva nāma mayaṃ kadāci karahaci tena bhotā gotamena saddhiṃ samāgaccheyyāma , appeva nāma siyā kocideva kathāsallāpo, appeva nāma tasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā viveceyyāmā’’ti.
尔时,具寿阿沙基于上午时分着衣、持钵衣,进入韦萨离为了托钵。尼干陀之子萨咖咖在韦萨离经行游行时,从远处看见具寿阿沙基走来。看见后,走近具寿阿沙基;走近后,与具寿阿沙基互相问候。互相问候、可喜悦、可忆念的交谈后,站在一旁。站在一旁的尼干陀之子萨咖咖对具寿阿沙基如此说:「尊者阿沙基,沙门果德玛如何教导弟子?沙门果德玛对弟子的教诫通常是什么样的?」「阿基韦沙那,世尊如此教导弟子,世尊对弟子的教诫通常是这样的——『诸比库,色是无常,受是无常,想是无常,诸行是无常,识是无常。诸比库,色是无我,受是无我,想是无我,诸行是无我,识是无我。一切行是无常,一切法是无我。』阿基韦沙那,世尊如此教导弟子,世尊对弟子的教诫通常是这样的。」「尊者阿沙基,我们确实听到了不善说,我们听到沙门果德玛如此说。或许我们有时能与尊者果德玛相会,或许会有某些交谈,或许我们能使他脱离那邪恶的见处。」
§354
Tena kho pana samayena pañcamattāni licchavisatāni santhāgāre sannipatitāni honti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto yena te licchavī tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te licchavī etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkamantu bhonto licchavī, abhikkamantu bhonto licchavī, ajja me samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ kathāsallāpo bhavissati. Sace me samaṇo gotamo tathā patiṭṭhissati yathā ca me ñātaññatarena sāvakena assajinā nāma bhikkhunā patiṭṭhitaṃ, seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso dīghalomikaṃ eḷakaṃ lomesu gahetvā ākaḍḍheyya parikaḍḍheyya samparikaḍḍheyya , evamevāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ vādena vādaṃ ākaḍḍhissāmi parikaḍḍhissāmi samparikaḍḍhissāmi. Seyyathāpi nāma balavā soṇḍikākammakāro mahantaṃ soṇḍikākiḷañjaṃ gambhīre udakarahade pakkhipitvā kaṇṇe gahetvā ākaḍḍheyya parikaḍḍheyya samparikaḍḍheyya, evamevāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ vādena vādaṃ ākaḍḍhissāmi parikaḍḍhissāmi samparikaḍḍhissāmi. Seyyathāpi nāma balavā soṇḍikādhutto vālaṃ kaṇṇe gahetvā odhuneyya niddhuneyya nipphoṭeyya evamevāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ vādena vādaṃ odhunissāmi niddhunissāmi nipphoṭessāmi. Seyyathāpi nāma kuñjaro saṭṭhihāyano gambhīraṃ pokkharaṇiṃ ogāhetvā sāṇadhovikaṃ nāma kīḷitajātaṃ kīḷati, evamevāhaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ sāṇadhovikaṃ maññe kīḷitajātaṃ kīḷissāmi. Abhikkamantu bhonto licchavī, abhikkamantu bhonto licchavī, ajja me samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ kathāsallāpo bhavissatī’’ti. Tatrekacce licchavī evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ samaṇo gotamo saccakassa nigaṇṭhaputtassa vādaṃ āropessati, atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropessatī’’ti? Ekacce licchavī evamāhaṃsu – ‘‘kiṃ so bhavamāno saccako nigaṇṭhaputto yo bhagavato vādaṃ āropessati, atha kho bhagavā saccakassa nigaṇṭhaputtassa vādaṃ āropessatī’’ti? Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto pañcamattehi licchavisatehi parivuto yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkami.
尔时,约五百离车人因某事聚集在集会堂。尔时,尼干陀之子萨咖咖走近那些离车人;走近后,对那些离车人如此说:「诸位离车人,请前来,诸位离车人,请前来,今天我将与沙门果德玛交谈。如果沙门果德玛对我坚持如我的某位知名弟子名叫阿沙基的比库对我所坚持的那样,就如有力的男子抓住长毛羊的毛,会拖拉、会拉扯、会完全拉扯,同样地,我将以论辩拖拉沙门果德玛、拉扯、完全拉扯。就如有力的酿酒工将大酿酒篮投入深水池中,抓住边缘,会拖拉、会拉扯、会完全拉扯,同样地,我将以论辩拖拉沙门果德玛、拉扯、完全拉扯。就如有力的酿酒赌徒抓住酿酒篮的边缘,会摇动、会震动、会敲打,同样地,我将以论辩摇动沙门果德玛、震动、敲打。就如六十岁的象进入深莲池,玩所谓的麻布洗涤游戏,同样地,我想我将与沙门果德玛玩麻布洗涤游戏。诸位离车人,请前来,诸位离车人,请前来,今天我将与沙门果德玛交谈。」在那里,某些离车人如此说:「沙门果德玛怎能使尼干陀之子萨咖咖的论辩成立?应是尼干陀之子萨咖咖将使沙门果德玛的论辩成立。」某些离车人如此说:「那位尊者萨咖咖尼干陀之子怎能使世尊的论辩成立?应是世尊将使尼干陀之子萨咖咖的论辩成立。」尔时,尼干陀之子萨咖咖由约五百离车人围绕,走近大林重阁讲堂。
§355
Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhū abbhokāse caṅkamanti. Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto yena te bhikkhū tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho, bho, etarahi so bhavaṃ gotamo viharati? Dassanakāmā hi mayaṃ taṃ bhavantaṃ gotama’’nti . ‘‘Esa, aggivessana, bhagavā mahāvanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisinno’’ti. Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto mahatiyā licchaviparisāya saddhiṃ mahāvanaṃ ajjhogāhetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Tepi kho licchavī appekacce bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Appekacce yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce bhagavato santike nāmagottaṃ sāvetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu, appekacce tuṇhībhūtā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu.
尔时,众多比库在露地经行。尔时,尼干陀之子萨咖咖走近那些比库;走近后,对那些比库如此说:「尊者们,那位尊者果德玛现在住在哪里?我们想见那位尊者果德玛。」「阿基韦沙那,那位世尊进入大林后,坐在某棵树下日中住。」尔时,尼干陀之子萨咖咖与大离车众一起进入大林,走近世尊;走近后,与世尊互相问候。互相问候、可喜悦、可忆念的交谈后,坐在一旁。那些离车人中,某些人礼敬世尊后坐在一旁,某些人与世尊互相问候,互相问候、可喜悦、可忆念的交谈后坐在一旁。某些人向世尊合掌后坐在一旁,某些人在世尊面前通报姓名后坐在一旁,某些人默然坐在一旁。
§356
Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘puccheyyāhaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ kiñcideva desaṃ, sace me bhavaṃ gotamo okāsaṃ karoti pañhassa veyyākaraṇāyā’’ti. ‘‘Puccha, aggivessana , yadākaṅkhasī’’ti . ‘‘Kathaṃ pana bhavaṃ gotamo sāvake vineti, kathaṃbhāgā ca pana bhoto gotamassa sāvakesu anusāsanī bahulā pavattatī’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, sāvake vinemi, evaṃbhāgā ca pana me sāvakesu anusāsanī bahulā pavattati – ‘rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, aniccaṃ, vedanā aniccā, saññā aniccā, saṅkhārā aniccā, viññāṇaṃ aniccaṃ. Rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, anattā, vedanā anattā, saññā anattā, saṅkhārā anattā, viññāṇaṃ anattā. Sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā, sabbe dhammā anattā’ti. Evaṃ kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, sāvake vinemi, evaṃbhāgā ca pana me sāvakesu anusāsanī bahulā pavattatī’’ti.
坐于一边的尼干陀之子萨恰咖对世尊如此说:「我想问果德玛尊者某些事,如果果德玛尊者给我机会回答问题。」「阿其韦沙那,问你所想问的。」「果德玛尊者如何教导弟子?果德玛尊者对弟子的教诫通常是什么部分?」「阿其韦沙那,我如此教导弟子,我对弟子的教诫通常是这部分——『诸比库,色是无常,受是无常,想是无常,行是无常,识是无常。诸比库,色是无我,受是无我,想是无我,行是无我,识是无我。一切行是无常,一切法是无我。』阿其韦沙那,我如此教导弟子,我对弟子的教诫通常是这部分。」
‘‘Upamā maṃ, bho gotama, paṭibhātī’’ti. ‘‘Paṭibhātu taṃ, aggivessanā’’ti bhagavā avoca.
「果德玛尊者,譬喻浮现于我。」世尊说:「阿其韦沙那,让它浮现吧。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bho gotama, ye kecime bījagāmabhūtagāmā vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjanti, sabbe te pathaviṃ nissāya pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya. Evamete bījagāmabhūtagāmā vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjanti. Seyyathāpi vā pana, bho gotama, ye kecime balakaraṇīyā kammantā karīyanti, sabbe te pathaviṃ nissāya pathaviyaṃ patiṭṭhāya. Evamete balakaraṇīyā kammantā karīyanti. Evameva kho, bho gotama, rūpattāyaṃ purisapuggalo rūpe patiṭṭhāya puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā pasavati, vedanattāyaṃ purisapuggalo vedanāyaṃ patiṭṭhāya puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā pasavati, saññattāyaṃ purisapuggalo saññāyaṃ patiṭṭhāya puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā pasavati, saṅkhārattāyaṃ purisapuggalo saṅkhāresu patiṭṭhāya puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā pasavati, viññāṇattāyaṃ purisapuggalo viññāṇe patiṭṭhāya puññaṃ vā apuññaṃ vā pasavatī’’ti.
「果德玛尊者,譬如凡任何种子类、植物类达到增长、成长、广大,它们全都依止于地,依靠于地。如此这些种子类、植物类达到增长、成长、广大。或者,果德玛那,譬如凡任何需要力量的工作被做,它们全都依止于地,依靠于地。如此这些需要力量的工作被做。同样地,果德玛尊者,以色为我的人,依靠于色而产生福或非福;以受为我的人,依靠于受而产生福或非福;以想为我的人,依靠于想而产生福或非福;以行为我的人,依靠于行而产生福或非福;以识为我的人,依靠于识而产生福或非福。」
‘‘Nanu tvaṃ, aggivessana, evaṃ vadesi – ‘rūpaṃ me attā, vedanā me attā, saññā me attā, saṅkhārā me attā, viññāṇaṃ me attā’’’ti? ‘‘Ahañhi, bho gotama , evaṃ vadāmi – ‘rūpaṃ me attā, vedanā me attā, saññā me attā, saṅkhārā me attā, viññāṇaṃ me attā’ti, ayañca mahatī janatā’’ti.
「阿其韦沙那,你不是如此说——『色是我的我,受是我的我,想是我的我,行是我的我,识是我的我』吗?」「果德玛尊者,我确实如此说——『色是我的我,受是我的我,想是我的我,行是我的我,识是我的我』,这大众也是。」
‘‘Kiñhi te, aggivessana, mahatī janatā karissati? Iṅgha tvaṃ, aggivessana, sakaññeva vādaṃ nibbeṭhehī’’ti. ‘‘Ahañhi, bho gotama, evaṃ vadāmi – ‘rūpaṃ me attā, vedanā me attā, saññā me attā, saṅkhārā me attā, viññāṇaṃ me attā’’’ti.
「阿其韦沙那,大众对你有什么用?来吧,阿其韦沙那,你只解释自己的主张。」「果德玛尊者,我确实如此说——『色是我的我,受是我的我,想是我的我,行是我的我,识是我的我』。」
§357
‘‘Tena hi, aggivessana, taññevettha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ byākareyyāsi. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi , aggivessana, vatteyya rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa sakasmiṃ vijite vaso – ghātetāyaṃ vā ghātetuṃ, jāpetāyaṃ vā jāpetuṃ, pabbājetāyaṃ vā pabbājetuṃ, seyyathāpi rañño pasenadissa kosalassa, seyyathāpi vā pana rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassā’’ti? ‘‘Vatteyya, bho gotama, rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa sakasmiṃ vijite vaso – ghātetāyaṃ vā ghātetuṃ, jāpetāyaṃ vā jāpetuṃ, pabbājetāyaṃ vā pabbājetuṃ, seyyathāpi rañño pasenadissa kosalassa, seyyathāpi vā pana rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa. Imesampi hi, bho gotama, saṅghānaṃ gaṇānaṃ – seyyathidaṃ, vajjīnaṃ mallānaṃ – vattati sakasmiṃ vijite vaso – ghātetāyaṃ vā ghātetuṃ, jāpetāyaṃ vā jāpetuṃ, pabbājetāyaṃ vā pabbājetuṃ. Kiṃ pana rañño khattiyassa muddhāvasittassa, seyyathāpi rañño pasenadissa kosalassa , seyyathāpi vā pana rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa? Vatteyya, bho gotama, vattituñca marahatī’’ti.
「那么,阿其韦沙那,在此我将反问你,你可以如你所愿地回答。你认为如何,阿其韦沙那,灌顶的刹帝利王在自己的领土内有自在力——『应杀者令杀,应罚者令罚,应驱逐者令驱逐』,譬如国萨拉国的巴些那地王,或者譬如马嘎塔国的韦德希之子阿迦答萨土王?」「果德玛尊者,灌顶的刹帝利王在自己的领土内有自在力——『应杀者令杀,应罚者令罚,应驱逐者令驱逐』,譬如国萨拉国的巴些那地王,或者譬如马嘎塔国的韦德希之子阿迦答萨土王。果德玛尊者,即使这些团体、群体——即跋耆人、马喇人——在自己的领土内也有自在力——『应杀者令杀,应罚者令罚,应驱逐者令驱逐』。何况灌顶的刹帝利王,譬如国萨拉国的巴些那地王,或者譬如马嘎塔国的韦德希之子阿迦答萨土王?果德玛尊者,有自在力,也应该有自在力。」
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, aggivessana, yaṃ tvaṃ evaṃ vadesi – ‘rūpaṃ me attā’ti, vattati te tasmiṃ rūpe vaso – evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī’’ti? Evaṃ vutte, saccako nigaṇṭhaputto tuṇhī ahosi. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā saccakaṃ nigaṇṭhaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi, aggivessana, yaṃ tvaṃ evaṃ vadesi – ‘rūpaṃ me attā’ti, vattati te tasmiṃ rūpe vaso – evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī’’ti? Dutiyampi kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto tuṇhī ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā saccakaṃ nigaṇṭhaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘byākarohi dāni, aggivessana, na dāni te tuṇhībhāvassa kālo. Yo koci, aggivessana tathāgatena yāvatatiyaṃ sahadhammikaṃ pañhaṃ puṭṭho na byākaroti, etthevassa sattadhā muddhā phalatī’’ti.
「你认为如何,阿其韦沙那,当你如此说——『色是我的我』时,你对那色有自在力——『愿我的色如此,愿我的色不如此』吗?」如此说时,尼干陀之子萨恰咖沉默了。世尊第二次对尼干陀之子萨恰咖如此说:「你认为如何,阿其韦沙那,当你如此说——『色是我的我』时,你对那色有自在力——『愿我的色如此,愿我的色不如此』吗?」尼干陀之子萨恰咖第二次沉默了。于是世尊对尼干陀之子萨恰咖如此说:「阿其韦沙那,现在回答,现在不是你沉默的时候。阿其韦沙那,凡任何人被如来问到第三次如法的问题而不回答,就在此处他的头将裂成七片。」
Tena kho pana samayena vajirapāṇi yakkho āyasaṃ vajiraṃ ādāya ādittaṃ sampajjalitaṃ sajotibhūtaṃ saccakassa nigaṇṭhaputtassa uparivehāsaṃ ṭhito hoti – ‘sacāyaṃ saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavatā yāvatatiyaṃ sahadhammikaṃ pañhaṃ puṭṭho na byākarissati etthevassa sattadhā muddhaṃ phālessāmī’ti. Taṃ kho pana vajirapāṇiṃ yakkhaṃ bhagavā ceva passati saccako ca nigaṇṭhaputto. Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhīto saṃviggo lomahaṭṭhajāto bhagavantaṃyeva tāṇaṃ gavesī bhagavantaṃyeva leṇaṃ gavesī bhagavantaṃyeva saraṇaṃ gavesī bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘pucchatu maṃ bhavaṃ gotamo, byākarissāmī’’ti.
尔时,瓦基拉巴尼亚卡手持铁金刚杵,燃烧、炽燃、光耀,站在尼干陀之子萨恰咖的上空——『如果这尼干陀之子萨恰咖被世尊问到第三次如法的问题而不回答,就在此处我将把他的头劈成七片。』世尊和尼干陀之子萨恰咖都看见那瓦基拉巴尼亚卡。于是尼干陀之子萨恰咖害怕、惊惧、汗毛竖立,只寻求世尊为依护,只寻求世尊为庇护,只寻求世尊为归依,对世尊如此说:「请果德玛尊者问我,我将回答。」
§358
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, aggivessana, yaṃ tvaṃ evaṃ vadesi – ‘rūpaṃ me attā’ti, vattati te tasmiṃ rūpe vaso – evaṃ me rūpaṃ hotu, evaṃ me rūpaṃ mā ahosī’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama’’.
「阿其韦沙那,你怎么想:当你这样说——『色是我的我』时,你对那色有自在力吗——『愿我的色如此,愿我的色不如此』?」「尊敬的果德玛,确实没有。」
‘‘Manasi karohi, aggivessana; manasi karitvā kho, aggivessana, byākarohi. Na kho te sandhiyati purimena vā pacchimaṃ pacchimena vā purimaṃ. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, aggivessana, yaṃ tvaṃ evaṃ vadesi – ‘vedanā me attā’ti, vattati te tissaṃ vedanāyaṃ vaso – evaṃ me vedanā hotu, evaṃ me vedanā mā ahosī’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama’’.
「阿其韦沙那,你要作意;阿其韦沙那,作意之后再回答。你的前后不一致,后与前也不一致。阿其韦沙那,你怎么想:当你这样说——『受是我的我』时,你对那受有自在力吗——『愿我的受如此,愿我的受不如此』?」「尊敬的果德玛,确实没有。」
‘‘Manasi karohi, aggivessana; manasi karitvā kho, aggivessana, byākarohi. Na kho te sandhiyati purimena vā pacchimaṃ, pacchimena vā purimaṃ. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, aggivessana , yaṃ tvaṃ evaṃ vadesi – ‘saññā me attā’ti, vattati te tissaṃ saññāyaṃ vaso – evaṃ me saññā hotu, evaṃ me saññā mā ahosī’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama’’.
「阿其韦沙那,你要作意;阿其韦沙那,作意之后再回答。你的前后不一致,后与前也不一致。阿其韦沙那,你怎么想:当你这样说——『想是我的我』时,你对那想有自在力吗——『愿我的想如此,愿我的想不如此』?」「尊敬的果德玛,确实没有。」
‘‘Manasi karohi, aggivessana ; manasi karitvā kho, aggivessana, byākarohi. Na kho te sandhiyati purimena vā pacchimaṃ, pacchimena vā purimaṃ. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, aggivessana, yaṃ tvaṃ evaṃ vadesi – ‘saṅkhārā me attā’ti, vattati te tesu saṅkhāresu vaso – evaṃ me saṅkhārā hontu, evaṃ me saṅkhārā mā ahesu’’nti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama’’.
「阿其韦沙那,你要作意;阿其韦沙那,作意之后再回答。你的前后不一致,后与前也不一致。阿其韦沙那,你怎么想:当你这样说——『诸行是我的我』时,你对那些行有自在力吗——『愿我的诸行如此,愿我的诸行不如此』?」「尊敬的果德玛,确实没有。」
‘‘Manasi karohi, aggivessana; manasi karitvā kho, aggivessana, byākarohi. Na kho te sandhiyati purimena vā pacchimaṃ, pacchimena vā purimaṃ. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, aggivessana, yaṃ tvaṃ evaṃ vadesi – ‘viññāṇaṃ me attā’ti, vattati te tasmiṃ viññāṇe vaso – evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ hotu, evaṃ me viññāṇaṃ mā ahosī’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama’’.
「阿其韦沙那,你要作意;阿其韦沙那,作意之后再回答。你的前后不一致,后与前也不一致。阿其韦沙那,你怎么想:当你这样说——『识是我的我』时,你对那识有自在力吗——『愿我的识如此,愿我的识不如此』?」「尊敬的果德玛,确实没有。」
‘‘Manasi karohi, aggivessana; manasi karitvā kho, aggivessana, byākarohi. Na kho te sandhiyati purimena vā pacchimaṃ, pacchimena vā purimaṃ. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, aggivessana, rūpaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā’’ti? ‘‘Aniccaṃ, bho gotama’’. ‘‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā’’ti? ‘‘Dukkhaṃ, bho gotama’’. ‘‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama’’.
「阿其韦沙那,你要作意;阿其韦沙那,作意之后再回答。你的前后不一致,后与前也不一致。阿其韦沙那,你怎么想:色是常还是无常?」「尊敬的果德玛,是无常。」「凡无常者,是苦还是乐?」「尊敬的果德玛,是苦。」「凡无常、苦、变易法者,适合被认为——『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我』吗?」「尊敬的果德玛,确实不适合。」
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, aggivessana, vedanā…pe… saññā…pe… saṅkhārā…pe… taṃ kiṃ maññasi, aggivessana, viññāṇaṃ niccaṃ vā aniccaṃ vā’’ti? ‘‘Aniccaṃ, bho gotama’’. ‘‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vā taṃ sukhaṃ vā’’ti? ‘‘Dukkhaṃ, bho gotama’’. ‘‘Yaṃ panāniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, kallaṃ nu taṃ samanupassituṃ – ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama’’.
「阿其韦沙那,你怎么想:受……想……诸行……阿其韦沙那,你怎么想:识是常还是无常?」「尊敬的果德玛,是无常。」「凡无常者,是苦还是乐?」「尊敬的果德玛,是苦。」「凡无常、苦、变易法者,适合被认为——『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我』吗?」「尊敬的果德玛,确实不适合。」
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, aggivessana, yo nu kho dukkhaṃ allīno dukkhaṃ upagato dukkhaṃ ajjhosito , dukkhaṃ ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassati, api nu kho so sāmaṃ vā dukkhaṃ parijāneyya, dukkhaṃ vā parikkhepetvā vihareyyā’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi siyā, bho gotama? No hidaṃ, bho gotamā’’ti.
「阿其韦沙那,你怎么想:若人依附于苦、接近苦、沉溺于苦,认为苦是『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我』,他能自己遍知苦,或舍断苦而住吗?」「尊敬的果德玛,怎么可能呢?尊敬的果德玛,确实不能。」
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, aggivessana, nanu tvaṃ evaṃ sante dukkhaṃ allīno dukkhaṃ upagato dukkhaṃ ajjhosito, dukkhaṃ – ‘etaṃ mama, esohamasmi, eso me attā’ti samanupassasī’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi no siyā, bho gotama? Evametaṃ bho gotamā’’ti.
「阿其韦沙那,你怎么想?难道你在这种情况下不是执着于苦、趋向于苦、沉溺于苦,随观苦为『这是我的,这是我,这是我的我』吗?」「果德玛先生,怎会不是呢?果德玛先生,确实如此。」
§359
‘‘Seyyathāpi , aggivessana, puriso sāratthiko sāragavesī sārapariyesanaṃ caramāno tiṇhaṃ kuṭhāriṃ ādāya vanaṃ paviseyya. So tattha passeyya mahantaṃ kadalikkhandhaṃ ujuṃ navaṃ akukkukajātaṃ . Tamenaṃ mūle chindeyya, mūle chetvā agge chindeyya, agge chetvā pattavaṭṭiṃ vinibbhujeyya . So tattha pattavaṭṭiṃ vinibbhujanto pheggumpi nādhigaccheyya, kuto sāraṃ? Evameva kho tvaṃ, aggivessana, mayā sakasmiṃ vāde samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno ritto tuccho aparaddho. Bhāsitā kho pana te esā, aggivessana, vesāliyaṃ parisati vācā – ‘nāhaṃ taṃ passāmi samaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā, saṅghiṃ gaṇiṃ gaṇācariyaṃ, api arahantaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ paṭijānamānaṃ, yo mayā vādena vādaṃ samāraddho na saṅkampeyya na sampakampeyya na sampavedheyya, yassa na kacchehi sedā mucceyyuṃ. Thūṇaṃ cepāhaṃ acetanaṃ vādena vādaṃ samārabheyyaṃ sāpi mayā vādena vādaṃ samāraddhā saṅkampeyya sampakampeyya sampavedheyya. Ko pana vādo manussabhūtassā’ti? Tuyhaṃ kho pana, aggivessana, appekaccāni sedaphusitāni nalāṭā muttāni, uttarāsaṅgaṃ vinibhinditvā bhūmiyaṃ patiṭṭhitāni. Mayhaṃ kho pana, aggivessana, natthi etarahi kāyasmiṃ sedo’’ti. Iti bhagavā tasmiṃ parisati suvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ kāyaṃ vivari. Evaṃ vutte, saccako nigaṇṭhaputto tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdi.
「阿其韦沙那,譬如有人需要心材、寻求心材、遍求心材,拿着锋利的斧头进入森林。他在那里看见一棵高大的芭蕉树干,笔直、新鲜、未结果实。他在根部砍断它,在根部砍断后,在顶端砍断它,在顶端砍断后,剥开叶鞘。他剥开叶鞘时,连边材都得不到,何况心材?同样地,阿其韦沙那,你在自己的论点上被我追问、被我深究、被我审察时,空洞、虚无、失败了。阿其韦沙那,你在韦萨离的集会中说过这样的话:『我看不到任何沙门或婆罗门、僧团领袖、团体导师,即使自称是阿拉汉、正等正觉者,被我以论辩挑战时,不会动摇、不会震动、不会颤抖,腋下不会流汗。即使我以论辩挑战一根无情识的柱子,它被我以论辩挑战时也会动摇、震动、颤抖,何况是人呢?』但是,阿其韦沙那,你的额头上有些汗珠流出,渗透了上衣,落在地上。而我,阿其韦沙那,现在身上没有汗。」如此,世尊在那个集会中显露金色的身体。如是说时,萨咖咖尼乾子沉默、羞愧、垂肩、低头、沉思、无言地坐着。
§360
Atha kho dummukho licchaviputto saccakaṃ nigaṇṭhaputtaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ maṅkubhūtaṃ pattakkhandhaṃ adhomukhaṃ pajjhāyantaṃ appaṭibhānaṃ viditvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘upamā maṃ, bhagavā, paṭibhātī’’ti. ‘‘Paṭibhātu taṃ, dummukhā’’ti bhagavā avoca. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhante, gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidūre pokkharaṇī. Tatrāssa kakkaṭako. Atha kho, bhante, sambahulā kumārakā vā kumārikā vā tamhā gāmā vā nigamā vā nikkhamitvā yena sā pokkharaṇī tenupasaṅkameyyuṃ; upasaṅkamitvā taṃ pokkharaṇiṃ ogāhetvā taṃ kakkaṭakaṃ udakā uddharitvā thale patiṭṭhāpeyyuṃ. Yaññadeva hi so, bhante, kakkaṭako aḷaṃ abhininnāmeyya taṃ tadeva te kumārakā vā kumārikā vā kaṭṭhena vā kathalena vā sañchindeyyuṃ sambhañjeyyuṃ sampalibhañjeyyuṃ. Evañhi so, bhante, kakkaṭako sabbehi aḷehi sañchinnehi sambhaggehi sampalibhaggehi abhabbo taṃ pokkharaṇiṃ puna otarituṃ, seyyathāpi pubbe. Evameva kho, bhante, yāni saccakassa nigaṇṭhaputtassa visūkāyitāni visevitāni vipphanditāni tānipi sabbāni bhagavatā sañchinnāni sambhaggāni sampalibhaggāni; abhabbo ca dāni, bhante, saccako nigaṇṭhaputto puna bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamituṃ yadidaṃ vādādhippāyo’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, saccako nigaṇṭhaputto dummukhaṃ licchaviputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘āgamehi tvaṃ, dummukha, āgamehi tvaṃ, dummukha ( ) na mayaṃ tayā saddhiṃ mantema, idha mayaṃ bhotā gotamena saddhiṃ mantema.
那时,度目卡离车子知道萨咖咖尼乾子沉默、羞愧、垂肩、低头、沉思、无言,便对世尊说:「世尊,我想到一个譬喻。」世尊说:「度目卡,你说吧。」「世尊,譬如在村或镇不远处有一个莲池。那里有一只螃蟹。世尊,那时,许多男孩或女孩从那个村或镇出来,前往那个莲池;到达后,进入那个莲池,把那只螃蟹从水中拉出来,放在陆地上。世尊,那只螃蟹每伸出一只螯,那些男孩或女孩就用棍子或石头把它砍断、打碎、彻底粉碎。世尊,如此,那只螃蟹所有的螯都被砍断、打碎、彻底粉碎后,就不能再进入那个莲池,就像以前一样。同样地,世尊,萨咖咖尼乾子所有的诡辩、惯用伎俩、狡辩,都被世尊砍断、打碎、彻底粉碎了;世尊,现在萨咖咖尼乾子不能再以论辩的目的前来接近世尊了。」如是说时,萨咖咖尼乾子对度目卡离车子说:「度目卡,你等着,度目卡,你等着,我们不与你商议,我们在这里与果德玛先生商议。
§361
‘‘Tiṭṭhatesā, bho gotama, amhākañceva aññesañca puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ vācā. Vilāpaṃ vilapitaṃ maññe. Kittāvatā ca nu kho bhoto gotamassa sāvako sāsanakaro hoti ovādapatikaro tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane viharatī’’ti? ‘‘Idha, aggivessana, mama sāvako yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati; yā kāci vedanā…pe… yā kāci saññā…pe… ye keci saṅkhārā…pe… yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā, yaṃ dūre santike vā, sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passati. Ettāvatā kho, aggivessana, mama sāvako sāsanakaro hoti ovādapatikaro tiṇṇavicikiccho vigatakathaṃkatho vesārajjappatto aparappaccayo satthusāsane viharatī’’ti.
「果德玛先生,让那些我们和其他各种沙门婆罗门的话停止吧。我认为那是哀叹、已哀叹的。果德玛先生的弟子在什么程度上是奉行教诫者、随顺教诫者、已度疑惑者、已离犹豫者、已得无畏者、不依他者,住于导师的教法中?」「阿其韦沙那,在这里,我的弟子对于任何色,无论是过去、未来、现在的,或内或外,或粗或细,或劣或胜,或远或近的,一切色,以正慧如实见为『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我』;对于任何受……对于任何想……对于任何行……对于任何识,无论是过去、未来、现在的,或内或外,或粗或细,或劣或胜,或远或近的,一切识,以正慧如实见为『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我』。阿其韦沙那,在这个程度上,我的弟子是奉行教诫者、随顺教诫者、已度疑惑者、已离犹豫者、已得无畏者、不依他者,住于导师的教法中。」
‘‘Kittāvatā pana, bho gotama, bhikkhu arahaṃ hoti khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano sammadaññā vimutto’’ti? ‘‘Idha, aggivessana, bhikkhu yaṃ kiñci rūpaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ rūpaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti; yā kāci vedanā…pe… yā kāci saññā…pe… ye keci saṅkhārā…pe… yaṃ kiñci viññāṇaṃ atītānāgatapaccuppannaṃ ajjhattaṃ vā bahiddhā vā oḷārikaṃ vā sukhumaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā paṇītaṃ vā yaṃ dūre santike vā sabbaṃ viññāṇaṃ ‘netaṃ mama, nesohamasmi, na meso attā’ti evametaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya disvā anupādā vimutto hoti. Ettāvatā kho, aggivessana, bhikkhu arahaṃ hoti khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anuppattasadattho parikkhīṇabhavasaṃyojano sammadaññā vimutto. Evaṃ vimuttacitto kho, aggivessana, bhikkhu tīhi anuttariyehi samannāgato hoti – dassanānuttariyena, paṭipadānuttariyena, vimuttānuttariyena. Evaṃ vimuttacitto kho, aggivessana, bhikkhu tathāgataññeva sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti – buddho so bhagavā bodhāya dhammaṃ deseti, danto so bhagavā damathāya dhammaṃ deseti, santo so bhagavā samathāya dhammaṃ deseti, tiṇṇo so bhagavā taraṇāya dhammaṃ deseti, parinibbuto so bhagavā parinibbānāya dhammaṃ desetī’’ti.
「果德玛先生,比库在什么程度上是阿拉汉、漏尽者、已修行者、已作所作者、已卸重担者、已达自己目的者、已尽有结者、以正智解脱者?」「阿其韦沙那,在这里,比库对于任何色,无论是过去、未来、现在的,或内或外,或粗或细,或劣或胜,或远或近的,一切色,以正慧如实见为『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我』后,以无取而解脱;对于任何受……对于任何想……对于任何行……对于任何识,无论是过去、未来、现在的,或内或外,或粗或细,或劣或胜,或远或近的,一切识,以正慧如实见为『这不是我的,这不是我,这不是我的我』后,以无取而解脱。阿其韦沙那,在这个程度上,比库是阿拉汉、漏尽者、已修行者、已作所作者、已卸重担者、已达自己目的者、已尽有结者、以正智解脱者。阿其韦沙那,如此心解脱的比库具足三种无上:见无上、道无上、解脱无上。阿其韦沙那,如此心解脱的比库恭敬、尊重、尊敬、礼敬如来:『彼世尊是觉者,为觉而说法;彼世尊是调御者,为调御而说法;彼世尊是寂静者,为寂静而说法;彼世尊是已度者,为度而说法;彼世尊是已般涅槃者,为般涅槃而说法。』」
§362
Evaṃ vutte, saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mayameva, bho gotama, dhaṃsī, mayaṃ pagabbā, ye mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ vādena vādaṃ āsādetabbaṃ amaññimha. Siyā hi, bho gotama, hatthiṃ pabhinnaṃ āsajja purisassa sotthibhāvo, na tveva bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ āsajja siyā purisassa sotthibhāvo. Siyā hi, bho gotama, pajjalitaṃ aggikkhandhaṃ āsajja purisassa sotthibhāvo , na tveva bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ āsajja siyā purisassa sotthibhāvo. Siyā hi, bho gotama, āsīvisaṃ ghoravisaṃ āsajja purisassa sotthibhāvo, na tveva bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ āsajja siyā purisassa sotthibhāvo. Mayameva, bho gotama, dhaṃsī, mayaṃ pagabbā, ye mayaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ vādena vādaṃ āsādetabbaṃ amaññimha. Adhivāsetu me bhavaṃ gotamo svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena.
如是说时,萨咖咖尼乾子对世尊说:「果德玛先生,我们太傲慢了,我们太放肆了,我们竟然认为可以用论辩挑战果德玛先生。果德玛先生,人接触发狂的象可能会安全,但接触果德玛先生却不会安全。果德玛先生,人接触燃烧的火堆可能会安全,但接触果德玛先生却不会安全。果德玛先生,人接触剧毒的毒蛇可能会安全,但接触果德玛先生却不会安全。果德玛先生,我们太傲慢了,我们太放肆了,我们竟然认为可以用论辩挑战果德玛先生。果德玛先生,请接受我明天的供养,与比库僧团一起。」世尊以沉默接受了。
§363
Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā te licchavī āmantesi – ‘‘suṇantu me bhonto licchavī, samaṇo me gotamo nimantito svātanāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Tena me abhihareyyātha yamassa patirūpaṃ maññeyyāthā’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī tassā rattiyā accayena saccakassa nigaṇṭhaputtassa pañcamattāni thālipākasatāni bhattābhihāraṃ abhihariṃsu. Atha kho nigaṇṭhaputto sake ārāme paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya yena saccakassa nigaṇṭhaputtassa ārāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yamidaṃ, bho gotama, dāne puññañca puññamahī ca taṃ dāyakānaṃ sukhāya hotū’’ti. ‘‘Yaṃ kho, aggivessana, tādisaṃ dakkhiṇeyyaṃ āgamma avītarāgaṃ avītadosaṃ avītamohaṃ, taṃ dāyakānaṃ bhavissati. Yaṃ kho, aggivessana, mādisaṃ dakkhiṇeyyaṃ āgamma vītarāgaṃ vītadosaṃ vītamohaṃ, taṃ tuyhaṃ bhavissatī’’ti.
那时,萨咖咖尼乾子知道世尊已接受后,对那些离车子说:「尊敬的离车子们,请听我说,沙门果德玛已接受我明天与比库僧团一起的供养。请你们为我带来你们认为合适的食物。」那时,那些离车子在那夜过后,为萨咖咖尼乾子带来了大约五百盘食物作为供养。那时,尼乾子在自己的园林准备了上等的副食和主食后,让人通知世尊时间:「果德玛先生,时间到了,食物已准备好。」那时,世尊在上午时分穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣,前往萨咖咖尼乾子的园林;到达后,与比库僧团一起坐在设置好的座位上。那时,萨咖咖尼乾子亲手以上等的副食和主食供养、款待以佛为首的比库僧团。那时,萨咖咖尼乾子在世尊食毕、手离钵后,取一低座坐在一边。坐在一边的萨咖咖尼乾子对世尊说:「果德玛先生,愿这布施的福德和福德果报为施者带来快乐。」「阿其韦沙那,依靠像你这样未离贪、未离嗔、未离痴的应供者所得的,将归于施者。阿其韦沙那,依靠像我这样已离贪、已离嗔、已离痴的应供者所得的,将归于你。」
Cūḷasaccakasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ pañcamaṃ. · 小萨吒咖经完 第五
6. Mahāsaccakasuttaṃ6. 大萨吒咖经
§364
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati mahāvane kūṭāgārasālāyaṃ. Tena kho pana samayena bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ sunivattho hoti pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pavisitukāmo . Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto jaṅghāvihāraṃ anucaṅkamamāno anuvicaramāno yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkami. Addasā kho āyasmā ānando saccakaṃ nigaṇṭhaputtaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ayaṃ, bhante, saccako nigaṇṭhaputto āgacchati bhassappavādako paṇḍitavādo sādhusammato bahujanassa. Eso kho, bhante, avaṇṇakāmo buddhassa, avaṇṇakāmo dhammassa, avaṇṇakāmo saṅghassa. Sādhu, bhante, bhagavā muhuttaṃ nisīdatu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca –
如是我闻:一时,世尊住在韦萨离大林重阁讲堂。那时,世尊在上午时分穿好衣服,拿着钵和衣,想要进入韦萨离托钵。那时,萨咖咖尼乾子经行、游行,前往大林重阁讲堂。具寿阿难达远远地看见萨咖咖尼乾子来了。看见后,对世尊说:「世尊,这位萨咖咖尼乾子来了,他是善于辩论者、自认为智者、被众人认为是善者。世尊,他想诋毁佛、想诋毁法、想诋毁僧团。世尊,请世尊出于慈悲坐一会儿。」世尊坐在设置好的座位上。那时,萨咖咖尼乾子前往世尊处;到达后,与世尊互相问候,交谈了值得记忆的、友好的话后,坐在一边。坐在一边的萨咖咖尼乾子对世尊说:
§365
‘‘Santi, bho gotama, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā kāyabhāvanānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti, no cittabhāvanaṃ. Phusanti hi te, bho gotama, sārīrikaṃ dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ. Bhūtapubbaṃ, bho gotama, sārīrikāya dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭhassa sato ūrukkhambhopi nāma bhavissati, hadayampi nāma phalissati, uṇhampi lohitaṃ mukhato uggamissati, ummādampi pāpuṇissati cittakkhepaṃ. Tassa kho etaṃ, bho gotama, kāyanvayaṃ cittaṃ hoti, kāyassa vasena vattati. Taṃ kissa hetu? Abhāvitattā cittassa. Santi pana, bho gotama, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā cittabhāvanānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti, no kāyabhāvanaṃ. Phusanti hi te, bho gotama, cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ. Bhūtapubbaṃ, bho gotama, cetasikāya dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭhassa sato ūrukkhambhopi nāma bhavissati, hadayampi nāma phalissati, uṇhampi lohitaṃ mukhato uggamissati, ummādampi pāpuṇissati cittakkhepaṃ. Tassa kho eso, bho gotama, cittanvayo kāyo hoti, cittassa vasena vattati. Taṃ kissa hetu? Abhāvitattā kāyassa . Tassa mayhaṃ, bho gotama, evaṃ hoti – ‘addhā bhoto gotamassa sāvakā cittabhāvanānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti, no kāyabhāvana’’’nti.
「果德玛尊者,有些沙门婆罗门从事身修习的实践而住,不修心。尊敬的果德玛,他们触到身体的苦受。尊敬的果德玛,过去曾有人被身体的苦受所触时,大腿会僵硬,心脏会破裂,热血会从口中涌出,会达到疯狂、心的错乱。尊敬的果德玛,他的心随身而转,依身的力量而转。那是什么原因?因为心未修习。然而,尊敬的果德玛,有些沙门婆罗门从事心修习的实践而住,不修身。尊敬的果德玛,他们触到心的苦受。尊敬的果德玛,过去曾有人被心的苦受所触时,大腿会僵硬,心脏会破裂,热血会从口中涌出,会达到疯狂、心的错乱。尊敬的果德玛,他的身随心而转,依心的力量而转。那是什么原因?因为身未修习。尊敬的果德玛,我这样想:『确实尊敬的果德玛的弟子们从事心修习的实践而住,不修身。』」
§366
‘‘Kinti pana te, aggivessana, kāyabhāvanā sutā’’ti? ‘‘Seyyathidaṃ – nando vaccho, kiso saṃkicco, makkhali gosālo – etehi, bho gotama, acelakā muttācārā hatthāpalekhanā naehibhaddantikā natiṭṭhabhaddantikā na abhihaṭaṃ na uddissakataṃ na nimantanaṃ sādiyanti, te na kumbhimukhā paṭiggaṇhanti na kaḷopimukhā paṭiggaṇhanti na eḷakamantaraṃ na daṇḍamantaraṃ na musalamantaraṃ na dvinnaṃ bhuñjamānānaṃ na gabbhiniyā na pāyamānāya na purisantaragatāya na saṅkittīsu na yattha sā upaṭṭhito hoti na yattha makkhikā saṇḍasaṇḍacārinī , na macchaṃ na maṃsaṃ na suraṃ na merayaṃ na thusodakaṃ pivanti. Te ekāgārikā vā honti ekālopikā, dvāgārikā vā honti dvālopikā…pe… sattāgārikā vā honti sattālopikā. Ekissāpi dattiyā yāpenti, dvīhipi dattīhi yāpenti…pe… sattahipi dattīhi yāpenti. Ekāhikampi āhāraṃ āhārenti, dvīhikampi āhāraṃ āhārenti…pe… sattāhikampi āhāraṃ āhārenti. Iti evarūpaṃ addhamāsikampi pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyuttā viharantī’’ti.
「但是,阿其韦沙那,你听说过什么是身修习吗?」「譬如,尊敬的果德玛,难陀瓦洽、基索桑基洽、马卡利果沙喇,这些裸行者、不拘礼节者、舔手者、不来者、不住者,不接受特地拿来的、特地做的、邀请的食物,他们不从壶口接受,不从钵口接受,不接受门槛间的、柴间的、杵间的,不接受两人共食时的,不接受怀孕者的、哺乳者的、与男子交会者的,不接受募集处的,不接受有狗站立处的,不接受苍蝇群集处的,不吃鱼、不吃肉、不饮谷酒、不饮果酒、不饮米粥水。他们或是一家食者、一口食者,或是二家食者、二口食者……乃至……或是七家食者、七口食者。他们以一施而活命,以二施而活命……乃至……以七施而活命。他们一日一食,二日一食……乃至……七日一食。如此,他们从事半月一食的定期食的实践而住。」
‘‘Kiṃ pana te, aggivessana, tāvatakeneva yāpentī’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama. Appekadā, bho gotama, uḷārāni uḷārāni khādanīyāni khādanti, uḷārāni uḷārāni bhojanāni bhuñjanti, uḷārāni uḷārāni sāyanīyāni sāyanti, uḷārāni uḷārāni pānāni pivanti. Te imaṃ kāyaṃ balaṃ gāhenti nāma, brūhenti nāma, medenti nāmā’’ti.
「但是,阿其韦沙那,他们仅以那些而活命吗?」「不是这样,尊敬的果德玛。尊敬的果德玛,有时他们吃殊胜的副食,吃殊胜的主食,尝殊胜的美味,饮殊胜的饮料。他们使这个身体获得力量、增长、肥胖。」
‘‘Yaṃ kho te, aggivessana, purimaṃ pahāya pacchā upacinanti, evaṃ imassa kāyassa ācayāpacayo hoti. Kinti pana te, aggivessana, cittabhāvanā sutā’’ti? Cittabhāvanāya kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavatā puṭṭho samāno na sampāyāsi.
「阿其韦沙那,他们舍弃以前的,后来又积聚,如此这个身体有增减。但是,阿其韦沙那,你听说过什么是心修习吗?」关于心修习,萨洽咖离系子被世尊所问,却不能回答。
§367
Atha kho bhagavā saccakaṃ nigaṇṭhaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yāpi kho te esā, aggivessana, purimā kāyabhāvanā bhāsitā sāpi ariyassa vinaye no dhammikā kāyabhāvanā. Kāyabhāvanampi kho tvaṃ, aggivessana, na aññāsi, kuto pana tvaṃ cittabhāvanaṃ jānissasi ? Api ca, aggivessana, yathā abhāvitakāyo ca hoti abhāvitacitto ca, bhāvitakāyo ca hoti bhāvitacitto ca. Taṃ suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –
于是世尊对萨洽咖离系子这样说:「阿其韦沙那,你所说的那个以前的身修习,在圣者的律中也不是如法的身修习。阿其韦沙那,你连身修习都不知道,你怎么能知道心修习呢?然而,阿其韦沙那,如何是未修身者与未修心者,如何是已修身者与已修心者,你听!你要好好作意!我要说了。」「是的,尊者。」萨洽咖离系子回答世尊。世尊这样说:」
§368
‘‘Kathañca , aggivessana, abhāvitakāyo ca hoti abhāvitacitto ca? Idha, aggivessana, assutavato puthujjanassa uppajjati sukhā vedanā. So sukhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno sukhasārāgī ca hoti sukhasārāgitañca āpajjati. Tassa sā sukhā vedanā nirujjhati. Sukhāya vedanāya nirodhā uppajjati dukkhā vedanā. So dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷiṃ kandati sammohaṃ āpajjati. Tassa kho esā, aggivessana, uppannāpi sukhā vedanā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati abhāvitattā kāyassa, uppannāpi dukkhā vedanā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati abhāvitattā cittassa. Yassa kassaci, aggivessana, evaṃ ubhatopakkhaṃ uppannāpi sukhā vedanā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati abhāvitattā kāyassa, uppannāpi dukkhā vedanā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhati abhāvitattā cittassa, evaṃ kho, aggivessana, abhāvitakāyo ca hoti abhāvitacitto ca.
「阿其韦沙那,如何是未修身者与未修心者?阿其韦沙那,这里,未受教导的凡夫生起乐受。他被乐受所触时,成为贪著乐者,达到贪著乐。他的那个乐受灭尽。由于乐受的灭尽,生起苦受。他被苦受所触时,悲伤、疲惫、悲泣、捶胸号哭、达到痴迷。阿其韦沙那,他已生起的乐受占据心而住,因为身未修习;已生起的苦受占据心而住,因为心未修习。阿其韦沙那,任何人如此两方面:已生起的乐受占据心而住,因为身未修习;已生起的苦受占据心而住,因为心未修习。阿其韦沙那,如此是未修身者与未修心者。」
§369
‘‘Kathañca, aggivessana, bhāvitakāyo ca hoti bhāvitacitto ca? Idha, aggivessana, sutavato ariyasāvakassa uppajjati sukhā vedanā. So sukhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno na sukhasārāgī ca hoti, na sukhasārāgitañca āpajjati. Tassa sā sukhā vedanā nirujjhati. Sukhāya vedanāya nirodhā uppajjati dukkhā vedanā. So dukkhāya vedanāya phuṭṭho samāno na socati na kilamati na paridevati na urattāḷiṃ kandati na sammohaṃ āpajjati. Tassa kho esā, aggivessana, uppannāpi sukhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati bhāvitattā kāyassa, uppannāpi dukkhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati bhāvitattā cittassa. Yassa kassaci, aggivessana, evaṃ ubhatopakkhaṃ uppannāpi sukhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati bhāvitattā kāyassa, uppannāpi dukkhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati bhāvitattā cittassa. Evaṃ kho, aggivessana, bhāvitakāyo ca hoti bhāvitacitto cā’’ti.
「阿其韦沙那,如何是已修身者与已修心者?阿其韦沙那,这里,已受教导的圣弟子生起乐受。他被乐受所触时,不成为贪著乐者,不达到贪著乐。他的那个乐受灭尽。由于乐受的灭尽,生起苦受。他被苦受所触时,不悲伤、不疲惫、不悲泣、不捶胸号哭、不达到痴迷。阿其韦沙那,他已生起的乐受不占据心而住,因为身已修习;已生起的苦受不占据心而住,因为心已修习。阿其韦沙那,任何人如此两方面:已生起的乐受不占据心而住,因为身已修习;已生起的苦受不占据心而住,因为心已修习。阿其韦沙那,如此是已修身者与已修心者。」
§370
‘‘Evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ bhoto gotamassa! Bhavañhi gotamo bhāvitakāyo ca hoti bhāvitacitto cā’’ti . ‘‘Addhā kho te ayaṃ, aggivessana, āsajja upanīya vācā bhāsitā, api ca te ahaṃ byākarissāmi . Yato kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito, taṃ vata me uppannā vā sukhā vedanā cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassati, uppannā vā dukkhā vedanā cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti.
「我对尊敬的果德玛有这样的信心!因为果德玛尊者是已修身者与已修心者。」「阿其韦沙那,你这确实是冒犯的、攻击的话语,但是我要为你分别论。阿其韦沙那,自从我剃除须发,披上袈裟衣,从家出家成为非家后,已生起的乐受会占据我的心,或已生起的苦受会占据我的心,这是须跋的。」
‘‘Na hi nūna bhoto gotamassa uppajjati tathārūpā sukhā vedanā yathārūpā uppannā sukhā vedanā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭheyya; na hi nūna bhoto gotamassa uppajjati tathārūpā dukkhā vedanā yathārūpā uppannā dukkhā vedanā cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭheyyā’’ti.
「果德玛尊者确实不会生起这样的乐受,即已生起的乐受会占据心而住;果德玛尊者确实不会生起这样的苦受,即已生起的苦受会占据心而住。」
§371
‘‘Kiñhi no siyā, aggivessana? Idha me, aggivessana, pubbeva sambodhā anabhisambuddhassa bodhisattasseva sato etadahosi – ‘sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā. Nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, aparena samayena daharova samāno, susukāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā, akāmakānaṃ mātāpitūnaṃ assumukhānaṃ rudantānaṃ, kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajiṃ. So evaṃ pabbajito samāno kiṃkusalagavesī anuttaraṃ santivarapadaṃ pariyesamāno yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘icchāmahaṃ, āvuso kālāma, imasmiṃ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṃ caritu’nti. Evaṃ vutte, aggivessana, āḷāro kālāmo maṃ etadavoca – ‘viharatāyasmā, tādiso ayaṃ dhammo yattha viññū puriso nacirasseva sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, nacirasseva khippameva taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇiṃ. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, tāvatakeneva oṭṭhapahatamattena lapitalāpanamattena ñāṇavādañca vadāmi theravādañca, ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti ca paṭijānāmi, ahañceva aññe ca. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘na kho āḷāro kālāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ kevalaṃ saddhāmattakena sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedeti, addhā āḷāro kālāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ jānaṃ passaṃ viharatī’’’ti.
「阿其韦沙那,怎么会没有呢?阿其韦沙那,在此,在正觉之前,当我还是未正觉的菩萨时,我生起了这样的念头:『在家是障碍,是尘垢之道;出家是空旷处。住在家中不容易行完全圆满、完全清净、如磨光的海螺般的梵行。我何不剃除须发,披上袈裟衣,从在家出家成为非家呢?』阿其韦沙那,后来,我还年轻时,黑发的青年,具足青春的幸福,在人生的初期,虽然父母不愿意,泪流满面、号哭,我剃除须发,披上袈裟衣,从在家出家成为非家。我如此出家后,寻求什么是善,寻求无上寂静最上道,我去到阿喇喇·咖喇马那里;去到后,我对阿喇喇·咖喇马这样说:『朋友咖喇马,我想在此法、律中行梵行。』阿其韦沙那,如此说时,阿喇喇·咖喇马对我这样说:『具寿请住,此法是这样的:有智慧的人不久即能以自己的证智实现、证得、住于自己导师的境界。』阿其韦沙那,我不久即很快地学得了那个法。阿其韦沙那,我仅以唇动、仅以言说的程度,就说智说、说长老说,并且宣称『我知、我见』,我和其他人都如此。阿其韦沙那,我生起了这样的念头:『阿喇喇·咖喇马不只是以信而宣说「以自己的证智实现、证得、住于此法」,阿喇喇·咖喇马确实是知、见此法而住。』」
‘‘Atha khvāhaṃ, aggivessana, yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘kittāvatā no, āvuso kālāma, imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti? Evaṃ vutte, aggivessana, āḷāro kālāmo ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ pavedesi. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘na kho āḷārasseva kālāmassa atthi saddhā, mayhaṃpatthi saddhā; na kho āḷārasseva kālāmassa atthi vīriyaṃ, mayhaṃpatthi vīriyaṃ; na kho āḷārasseva kālāmassa atthi sati, mayhaṃpatthi sati; na kho āḷārasseva kālāmassa atthi samādhi, mayhaṃpatthi samādhi; na kho āḷārasseva kālāmassa atthi paññā, mayhaṃpatthi paññā; yaṃnūnāhaṃ yaṃ dhammaṃ āḷāro kālāmo sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedeti tassa dhammassa sacchikiriyāya padaheyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, nacirasseva khippameva taṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsiṃ.
「阿其韦沙那,然后我去到阿喇喇·咖喇马那里;去到后,我对阿喇喇·咖喇马这样说:『朋友咖喇马,你宣说以自己的证智实现、证得、住于此法到什么程度呢?』阿其韦沙那,如此说时,阿喇喇·咖喇马宣说无所有处。阿其韦沙那,我生起了这样的念头:『不只是阿喇喇·咖喇马有信,我也有信;不只是阿喇喇·咖喇马有精进,我也有精进;不只是阿喇喇·咖喇马有念,我也有念;不只是阿喇喇·咖喇马有定,我也有定;不只是阿喇喇·咖喇马有慧,我也有慧。我何不努力实现阿喇喇·咖喇马所宣说的「以自己的证智实现、证得、住于」的那个法呢?』阿其韦沙那,我不久即很快地以自己的证智实现、证得、住于那个法。
‘‘Atha khvāhaṃ, aggivessana, yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘ettāvatā no, āvuso kālāma , imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti? ‘Ettāvatā kho ahaṃ, āvuso, imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemī’ti. ‘Ahampi kho, āvuso, ettāvatā imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmī’ti. ‘Lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṃ no, āvuso, ye mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ tādisaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ passāma. Iti yāhaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemi taṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharasi; yaṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharasi tamahaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedemi. Iti yāhaṃ dhammaṃ jānāmi taṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ jānāsi; yaṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ jānāsi tamahaṃ dhammaṃ jānāmi. Iti yādiso ahaṃ tādiso tuvaṃ, yādiso tuvaṃ tādiso ahaṃ. Ehi dāni, āvuso, ubhova santā imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharāmā’ti. Iti kho, aggivessana, āḷāro kālāmo ācariyo me samāno (attano) antevāsiṃ maṃ samānaṃ attanā samasamaṃ ṭhapesi, uḷārāya ca maṃ pūjāya pūjesi. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘nāyaṃ dhammo nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattati, yāvadeva ākiñcaññāyatanūpapattiyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, taṃ dhammaṃ analaṅkaritvā tasmā dhammā nibbijja apakkamiṃ.
「阿其韦沙那,然后我去到阿喇喇·咖喇马那里;去到后,我对阿喇喇·咖喇马这样说:『朋友咖喇马,你宣说以自己的证智实现、证得、住于此法到这个程度吗?』『朋友,我宣说以自己的证智实现、证得、住于此法到这个程度。』『朋友,我也以自己的证智实现、证得、住于此法到这个程度。』『朋友,我们获得利益,朋友,我们善得利益,我们见到像具寿这样的同梵行者。如此,我以自己的证智实现、证得而宣说的法,你以自己的证智实现、证得而住于那个法;你以自己的证智实现、证得而住的法,我以自己的证智实现、证得而宣说那个法。如此,我所知的法,你知那个法;你所知的法,我知那个法。如此,我是怎样的,你就是怎样的;你是怎样的,我就是怎样的。来吧,朋友,现在我们两人一起来领导这个团体。』阿其韦沙那,如此,阿喇喇·咖喇马是我的导师,却将我这个弟子置于与自己同等的地位,并且以极高的尊敬来尊敬我。阿其韦沙那,我生起了这样的念头:『此法不导向厌离、不导向离贪、不导向灭、不导向寂止、不导向证智、不导向正觉、不导向涅槃,只导向投生于无所有处。』阿其韦沙那,我不赞同那个法,对那个法感到厌离而离去。
§372
‘‘So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, kiṃkusalagavesī anuttaraṃ santivarapadaṃ pariyesamāno yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṃ rāmaputtaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘icchāmahaṃ, āvuso imasmiṃ dhammavinaye brahmacariyaṃ caritu’nti. Evaṃ vutte, aggivessana, udako rāmaputto maṃ etadavoca – ‘viharatāyasmā, tādiso ayaṃ dhammo yattha viññū puriso nacirasseva sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihareyyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, nacirasseva khippameva taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇiṃ. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, tāvatakeneva oṭṭhapahatamattena lapitalāpanamattena ñāṇavādañca vadāmi theravādañca, ‘jānāmi passāmī’ti ca paṭijānāmi, ahañceva aññe ca. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘na kho rāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ kevalaṃ saddhāmattakena sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesi. Addhā rāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ jānaṃ passaṃ vihāsī’ti. Atha khvāhaṃ, aggivessana, yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṃ rāmaputtaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘kittāvatā no, āvuso rāmo, imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesī’ti? Evaṃ vutte, aggivessana, udako rāmaputto nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ pavedesi. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘na kho rāmasseva ahosi saddhā, mayhaṃpatthi saddhā; na kho rāmasseva ahosi vīriyaṃ, mayhaṃpatthi vīriyaṃ; na kho rāmasseva ahosi sati, mayhaṃpatthi sati; na kho rāmasseva ahosi samādhi, mayhaṃpatthi samādhi; na kho rāmasseva ahosi paññā, mayhaṃpatthi paññā; yaṃnūnāhaṃ yaṃ dhammaṃ rāmo sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmīti pavedesi tassa dhammassa sacchikiriyāya padaheyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, nacirasseva khippameva taṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsiṃ.
「阿其韦沙那,我寻求什么是善,寻求无上寂静最上道,我去到伍达咖·喇嘛子那里;去到后,我对伍达咖·喇嘛子这样说:『朋友,我想在此法、律中行梵行。』阿其韦沙那,如此说时,伍达咖·喇嘛子对我这样说:『具寿请住,此法是这样的:有智慧的人不久即能以自己的证智实现、证得、住于自己导师的境界。』阿其韦沙那,我不久即很快地学得了那个法。阿其韦沙那,我仅以唇动、仅以言说的程度,就说智说、说长老说,并且宣称『我知、我见』,我和其他人都如此。阿其韦沙那,我生起了这样的念头:『喇嘛不只是以信而宣说「以自己的证智实现、证得、住于此法」,喇嘛确实是知、见此法而住。』阿其韦沙那,然后我去到伍达咖·喇嘛子那里;去到后,我对伍达咖·喇嘛子这样说:『朋友喇嘛,你宣说以自己的证智实现、证得、住于此法到什么程度呢?』阿其韦沙那,如此说时,伍达咖·喇嘛子宣说非想非非想处。阿其韦沙那,我生起了这样的念头:『不只是喇嘛有信,我也有信;不只是喇嘛有精进,我也有精进;不只是喇嘛有念,我也有念;不只是喇嘛有定,我也有定;不只是喇嘛有慧,我也有慧。我何不努力实现喇嘛所宣说的「以自己的证智实现、证得、住于」的那个法呢?』阿其韦沙那,我不久即很快地以自己的证智实现、证得、住于那个法。
‘‘Atha khvāhaṃ, aggivessana, yena udako rāmaputto tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā udakaṃ rāmaputtaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘ettāvatā no, āvuso, rāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti? ‘Ettāvatā kho, āvuso, rāmo imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesī’ti. ‘Ahampi kho, āvuso, ettāvatā imaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharāmī’ti. ‘Lābhā no, āvuso, suladdhaṃ no, āvuso, ye mayaṃ āyasmantaṃ tādisaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ passāma. Iti yaṃ dhammaṃ rāmo sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesi, taṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharasi; yaṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharasi, taṃ dhammaṃ rāmo sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja pavedesi. Iti yaṃ dhammaṃ rāmo abhiññāsi taṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ jānāsi; yaṃ tvaṃ dhammaṃ jānāsi taṃ dhammaṃ rāmo abhiññāsi. Iti yādiso rāmo ahosi tādiso tuvaṃ; yādiso tuvaṃ tādiso rāmo ahosi. Ehi dāni, āvuso, tuvaṃ imaṃ gaṇaṃ pariharā’ti. Iti kho, aggivessana, udako rāmaputto sabrahmacārī me samāno ācariyaṭṭhāne ca maṃ ṭhapesi, uḷārāya ca maṃ pūjāya pūjesi. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘nāyaṃ dhammo nibbidāya na virāgāya na nirodhāya na upasamāya na abhiññāya na sambodhāya na nibbānāya saṃvattati, yāvadeva nevasaññānāsaññāyatanūpapattiyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, taṃ dhammaṃ analaṅkaritvā tasmā dhammā nibbijja apakkamiṃ.
「阿其韦沙那,然后我去到伍达咖·喇嘛子那里;去到后,我对伍达咖·喇嘛子这样说:『朋友,喇嘛宣说以自己的证智实现、证得、住于此法到这个程度吗?』『朋友,喇嘛宣说以自己的证智实现、证得、住于此法到这个程度。』『朋友,我也以自己的证智实现、证得、住于此法到这个程度。』『朋友,我们获得利益,朋友,我们善得利益,我们见到像具寿这样的同梵行者。如此,喇嘛以自己的证智实现、证得而宣说的法,你以自己的证智实现、证得而住于那个法;你以自己的证智实现、证得而住的法,喇嘛以自己的证智实现、证得而宣说那个法。如此,喇嘛所证知的法,你知那个法;你所知的法,喇嘛证知那个法。如此,喇嘛是怎样的,你就是怎样的;你是怎样的,喇嘛就是怎样的。来吧,朋友,现在你来领导这个团体。』阿其韦沙那,如此,伍达咖·喇嘛子是我的同梵行者,却将我置于导师的地位,并且以极高的尊敬来尊敬我。阿其韦沙那,我生起了这样的念头:『此法不导向厌离、不导向离贪、不导向灭、不导向寂止、不导向证智、不导向正觉、不导向涅槃,只导向投生于非想非非想处。』阿其韦沙那,我不赞同那个法,对那个法感到厌离而离去。
§373
‘‘So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, kiṃkusalagavesī anuttaraṃ santivarapadaṃ pariyesamāno magadhesu anupubbena cārikaṃ caramāno yena uruvelā senānigamo tadavasariṃ. Tatthaddasaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ bhūmibhāgaṃ, pāsādikañca vanasaṇḍaṃ, nadiñca sandantiṃ setakaṃ supatitthaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ, samantā ca gocaragāmaṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘ramaṇīyo vata, bho, bhūmibhāgo, pāsādiko ca vanasaṇḍo, nadī ca sandati setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā, samantā ca gocaragāmo. Alaṃ vatidaṃ kulaputtassa padhānatthikassa padhānāyā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, tattheva nisīdiṃ ‘alamidaṃ padhānāyā’ti.
「阿其韦沙那,我寻求什么是善,寻求无上寂静最上道,在马嘎塔国逐步游行,来到了伍卢韦喇的些那尼嘎马村。在那里,我看见了令人愉悦的土地,悦意的树林,有清澈的河流流动,有美好的渡口,令人愉悦,周围有乞食的村落。阿其韦沙那,我生起了这样的念头:『确实令人愉悦的土地,悦意的树林,有清澈的河流流动,有美好的渡口,令人愉悦,周围有乞食的村落。这确实适合想要努力的善男子努力。』阿其韦沙那,我就在那里坐下:『这适合努力。』
§374
‘‘Apissumaṃ, aggivessana, tisso upamā paṭibhaṃsu anacchariyā pubbe assutapubbā. Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, allaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ sasnehaṃ udake nikkhittaṃ. Atha puriso āgaccheyya uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya – ‘aggiṃ abhinibbattessāmi, tejo pātukarissāmī’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, aggivessana, api nu so puriso amuṃ allaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ sasnehaṃ, udake nikkhittaṃ , uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṃ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama’’. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’? ‘‘Aduñhi, bho gotama, allaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ sasnehaṃ, tañca pana udake nikkhittaṃ. Yāvadeva ca pana so puriso kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assā’’ti. ‘‘Evameva kho, aggivessana, ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kāyena ceva cittena ca kāmehi avūpakaṭṭhā viharanti, yo ca nesaṃ kāmesu kāmacchando kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapipāsā kāmapariḷāho, so ca ajjhattaṃ na suppahīno hoti, na suppaṭippassaddho, opakkamikā cepi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti, abhabbāva te ñāṇāya dassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya. No cepi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti, abhabbāva te ñāṇāya dassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya. Ayaṃ kho maṃ, aggivessana, paṭhamā upamā paṭibhāsi anacchariyā pubbe assutapubbā.
「阿其韦沙那,三个譬喻在我心中生起,是前所未闻的、非凡的。阿其韦沙那,譬如湿的木柴,有水分,放置在水中。然后有人拿着上面的钻木前来,想:『我要生火,我要产生热。』阿其韦沙那,你怎么想?那个人拿着上面的钻木,钻那湿的、有水分的、放置在水中的木柴,能生火、能产生热吗?」「不能,果德玛尊者。」「那是什么原因?」「果德玛尊者,因为那是湿的木柴,有水分,而且放置在水中。那个人只会得到疲劳和困扰。」「阿其韦沙那,同样地,凡是任何沙门或婆罗门,身与心都没有从诸欲中远离而住,他们对诸欲的欲欲、欲爱、欲迷、欲渴、欲热恼,在内心没有善舍断、没有善平息,即使那些尊敬的沙门婆罗门感受到由精进而来的苦的、激烈的、猛烈的、剧烈的受,他们也无能力于智、于见、于无上正觉。即使那些尊敬的沙门婆罗门不感受由精进而来的苦的、激烈的、猛烈的、剧烈的受,他们也无能力于智、于见、于无上正觉。阿其韦沙那,这是在我心中生起的第一个譬喻,是前所未闻的、非凡的。
§375
‘‘Aparāpi kho maṃ, aggivessana, dutiyā upamā paṭibhāsi anacchariyā pubbe assutapubbā. Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, allaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ sasnehaṃ, ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṃ. Atha puriso āgaccheyya uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya – ‘aggiṃ abhinibbattessāmi, tejo pātukarissāmī’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, aggivessana, api nu so puriso amuṃ allaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ sasnehaṃ, ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṃ, uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṃ abhinibbatteyya tejo pātukareyyā’’ti? ‘‘No hidaṃ, bho gotama’’. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’? ‘‘Aduñhi, bho gotama, allaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ sasnehaṃ, kiñcāpi ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṃ. Yāvadeva ca pana so puriso kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assāti. Evameva kho, aggivessana, ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kāyena ceva cittena ca kāmehi vūpakaṭṭhā viharanti, yo ca nesaṃ kāmesu kāmacchando kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapipāsā kāmapariḷāho so ca ajjhattaṃ na suppahīno hoti, na suppaṭippassaddho, opakkamikā cepi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti, abhabbāva te ñāṇāya dassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya. No cepi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti, abhabbāva te ñāṇāya dassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya. Ayaṃ kho maṃ, aggivessana, dutiyā upamā paṭibhāsi anacchariyā pubbe assutapubbā’’.
「阿其韦沙那,又有第二个譬喻在我心中浮现,是前所未闻、非同寻常的。阿其韦沙那,譬如湿木有液汁,远离水边,放置在陆地上。那时,有人拿着上面的钻木前来,想:『我将生出火,我将显现热能。』阿其韦沙那,你认为如何?那人拿着上面的钻木,钻那湿木有液汁、远离水边、放置在陆地上的木头,能生出火、显现热能吗?」「不能,果德玛尊者。」「那是什么原因?」「果德玛尊者,因为那是湿木有液汁,虽然远离水边,放置在陆地上。那人只会得到疲劳与困扰的份。同样地,阿其韦沙那,凡任何沙门或婆罗门,以身与心从诸欲中远离而住,但他们对诸欲的欲欲、欲爱、欲痴、欲渴、欲热恼,在内心未被善舍断、未被善平息,即使那些尊敬的沙门婆罗门感受到由努力而来的苦、激烈、粗重、辛辣的受,他们也无能力于智、于见、于无上正觉。即使那些尊敬的沙门婆罗门不感受由努力而来的苦、激烈、粗重、辛辣的受,他们也无能力于智、于见、于无上正觉。阿其韦沙那,这第二个譬喻在我心中浮现,是前所未闻、非同寻常的。」
§376
‘‘Aparāpi kho maṃ, aggivessana, tatiyā upamā paṭibhāsi anacchariyā pubbe assutapubbā. Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, sukkhaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ koḷāpaṃ, ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṃ. Atha puriso āgaccheyya uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya – ‘aggiṃ abhinibbattessāmi, tejo pātukarissāmī’ti. Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, aggivessana, api nu so puriso amuṃ sukkhaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ koḷāpaṃ, ārakā udakā thale nikkhittaṃ, uttarāraṇiṃ ādāya abhimanthento aggiṃ abhinibbatteyya, tejo pātukareyyā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bho gotama’’. ‘‘Taṃ kissa hetu’’? ‘‘Aduñhi, bho gotama, sukkhaṃ kaṭṭhaṃ koḷāpaṃ, tañca pana ārakā udakā thale nikkhitta’’nti . ‘‘Evameva kho, aggivessana, ye hi keci samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kāyena ceva cittena ca kāmehi vūpakaṭṭhā viharanti, yo ca nesaṃ kāmesu kāmacchando kāmasneho kāmamucchā kāmapipāsā kāmapariḷāho, so ca ajjhattaṃ suppahīno hoti suppaṭippassaddho, opakkamikā cepi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti, bhabbāva te ñāṇāya dassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya. No cepi te bhonto samaṇabrāhmaṇā opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti, bhabbāva te ñāṇāya dassanāya anuttarāya sambodhāya. Ayaṃ kho maṃ, aggivessana, tatiyā upamā paṭibhāsi anacchariyā pubbe assutapubbā. Imā kho maṃ, aggivessana, tisso upamā paṭibhaṃsu anacchariyā pubbe assutapubbā.’’
「阿其韦沙那,又有第三个譬喻在我心中浮现,是前所未闻、非同寻常的。阿其韦沙那,譬如干木无液汁,远离水边,放置在陆地上。那时,有人拿着上面的钻木前来,想:『我将生出火,我将显现热能。』阿其韦沙那,你认为如何?那人拿着上面的钻木,钻那干木无液汁、远离水边、放置在陆地上的木头,能生出火、显现热能吗?」「是的,果德玛尊者。」「那是什么原因?」「果德玛尊者,因为那是干木无液汁,而且远离水边,放置在陆地上。」「同样地,阿其韦沙那,凡任何沙门或婆罗门,以身与心从诸欲中远离而住,而且他们对诸欲的欲欲、欲爱、欲痴、欲渴、欲热恼,在内心已被善舍断、已被善平息,即使那些尊敬的沙门婆罗门感受到由努力而来的苦、激烈、粗重、辛辣的受,他们也有能力于智、于见、于无上正觉。即使那些尊敬的沙门婆罗门不感受由努力而来的苦、激烈、粗重、辛辣的受,他们也有能力于智、于见、于无上正觉。阿其韦沙那,这第三个譬喻在我心中浮现,是前所未闻、非同寻常的。阿其韦沙那,这三个譬喻在我心中浮现,是前所未闻、非同寻常的。」
§377
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ dantebhi dantamādhāya , jivhāya tāluṃ āhacca, cetasā cittaṃ abhiniggaṇheyyaṃ abhinippīḷeyyaṃ abhisantāpeyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, dantebhi dantamādhāya, jivhāya tāluṃ āhacca, cetasā cittaṃ abhiniggaṇhāmi abhinippīḷemi abhisantāpemi. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, dantebhi dantamādhāya jivhāya tāluṃ āhacca cetasā cittaṃ abhiniggaṇhato abhinippīḷayato abhisantāpayato kacchehi sedā muccanti. Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, balavā puriso dubbalataraṃ purisaṃ sīse vā gahetvā khandhe vā gahetvā abhiniggaṇheyya abhinippīḷeyya abhisantāpeyya, evameva kho me, aggivessana, dantebhi dantamādhāya, jivhāya tāluṃ āhacca, cetasā cittaṃ abhiniggaṇhato abhinippīḷayato abhisantāpayato kacchehi sedā muccanti. Āraddhaṃ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṃ hoti asallīnaṃ, upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā, sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. Evarūpāpi kho me, aggivessana, uppannā dukkhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati.
「阿其韦沙那,我这样想:『让我以齿压齿,以舌抵上颚,以心制伏心、压制、折磨。』阿其韦沙那,于是我以齿压齿,以舌抵上颚,以心制伏心、压制、折磨。阿其韦沙那,当我以齿压齿,以舌抵上颚,以心制伏心、压制、折磨时,汗水从腋下流出。阿其韦沙那,譬如有力的人抓住较弱的人的头或肩膀,制伏、压制、折磨他,同样地,阿其韦沙那,当我以齿压齿,以舌抵上颚,以心制伏心、压制、折磨时,汗水从腋下流出。阿其韦沙那,我的精进被发起而不松懈,念被现起而不忘失,但我的身体激动而不平静,因为我被那苦的精勤所压迫而具念地努力。阿其韦沙那,即使这样生起的苦受也不占据我的心而住。
§378
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ appāṇakaṃyeva jhānaṃ jhāyeyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu kaṇṇasotehi vātānaṃ nikkhamantānaṃ adhimatto saddo hoti. Seyyathāpi nāma kammāragaggariyā dhamamānāya adhimatto saddo hoti, evameva kho me, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu kaṇṇasotehi vātānaṃ nikkhamantānaṃ adhimatto saddo hoti. Āraddhaṃ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṃ hoti asallīnaṃ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. Evarūpāpi kho me, aggivessana, uppannā dukkhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati.
「阿其韦沙那,我这样想:『让我修习无息禅那。』阿其韦沙那,于是我从口与鼻止住入息与出息。阿其韦沙那,当我从口与鼻止住入息与出息时,从耳孔出来的风发出极大的声音。阿其韦沙那,譬如铁匠的风箱吹动时发出极大的声音,同样地,阿其韦沙那,当我从口与鼻止住入息与出息时,从耳孔出来的风发出极大的声音。阿其韦沙那,我的精进被发起而不松懈,念被现起而不忘失,但我的身体激动而不平静,因为我被那苦的精勤所压迫而具念地努力。阿其韦沙那,即使这样生起的苦受也不占据我的心而住。
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ appāṇakaṃyeva jhānaṃ jhāyeyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti . Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, balavā puriso tiṇhena sikharena muddhani abhimattheyya , evameva kho me, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu adhimattā vātā muddhani ūhananti. Āraddhaṃ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṃ hoti asallīnaṃ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. Evarūpāpi kho me, aggivessana, uppannā dukkhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati.
「阿其韦沙那,我这样想:『让我修习无息禅那。』阿其韦沙那,于是我从口、鼻与耳止住入息与出息。阿其韦沙那,当我从口、鼻与耳止住入息与出息时,极强的风切割头部。阿其韦沙那,譬如有力的人用锐利的剑刃劈开头部,同样地,阿其韦沙那,当我从口、鼻与耳止住入息与出息时,极强的风切割头部。阿其韦沙那,我的精进被发起而不松懈,念被现起而不忘失,但我的身体激动而不平静,因为我被那苦的精勤所压迫而具念地努力。阿其韦沙那,即使这样生起的苦受也不占据我的心而住。
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ appāṇakaṃyeva jhānaṃ jhāyeyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu adhimattā sīse sīsavedanā honti. Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, balavā puriso daḷhena varattakkhaṇḍena sīse sīsaveṭhaṃ dadeyya, evameva kho me, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu adhimattā sīse sīsavedanā honti. Āraddhaṃ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṃ hoti asallīnaṃ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. Evarūpāpi kho me, aggivessana, uppannā dukkhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati.
「阿其韦沙那,我这样想:『让我修习无息禅那。』阿其韦沙那,于是我从口、鼻与耳止住入息与出息。阿其韦沙那,当我从口、鼻与耳止住入息与出息时,头部有极强的头痛。阿其韦沙那,譬如有力的人用坚固的皮带紧紧地缠绕头部,同样地,阿其韦沙那,当我从口、鼻与耳止住入息与出息时,头部有极强的头痛。阿其韦沙那,我的精进被发起而不松懈,念被现起而不忘失,但我的身体激动而不平静,因为我被那苦的精勤所压迫而具念地努力。阿其韦沙那,即使这样生起的苦受也不占据我的心而住。
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ appāṇakaṃyeva jhānaṃ jhāyeyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu adhimattā vātā kucchiṃ parikantanti. Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, dakkho goghātako vā goghātakantevāsī vā tiṇhena govikantanena kucchiṃ parikanteyya, evameva kho me, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu adhimattā vātā kucchiṃ parikantanti. Āraddhaṃ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṃ hoti asallīnaṃ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. Evarūpāpi kho me, aggivessana, uppannā dukkhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati.
「阿其韦沙那,我这样想:『让我修习无息禅那。』阿其韦沙那,于是我从口、鼻与耳止住入息与出息。阿其韦沙那,当我从口、鼻与耳止住入息与出息时,极强的风切割腹部。阿其韦沙那,譬如熟练的屠牛者或屠牛者的弟子用锐利的屠刀切割腹部,同样地,阿其韦沙那,当我从口、鼻与耳止住入息与出息时,极强的风切割腹部。阿其韦沙那,我的精进被发起而不松懈,念被现起而不忘失,但我的身体激动而不平静,因为我被那苦的精勤所压迫而具念地努力。阿其韦沙那,即使这样生起的苦受也不占据我的心而住。
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ appāṇakaṃyeva jhānaṃ jhāyeyya’nti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāse uparundhiṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu adhimatto kāyasmiṃ ḍāho hoti. Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, dve balavanto purisā dubbalataraṃ purisaṃ nānābāhāsu gahetvā aṅgārakāsuyā santāpeyyuṃ samparitāpeyyuṃ, evameva kho me, aggivessana, mukhato ca nāsato ca kaṇṇato ca assāsapassāsesu uparuddhesu adhimatto kāyasmiṃ ḍāho hoti. Āraddhaṃ kho pana me, aggivessana, vīriyaṃ hoti asallīnaṃ upaṭṭhitā sati asammuṭṭhā. Sāraddho ca pana me kāyo hoti appaṭippassaddho teneva dukkhappadhānena padhānābhitunnassa sato. Evarūpāpi kho me, aggivessana, uppannā dukkhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. Apissu maṃ, aggivessana, devatā disvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘kālaṅkato samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ekaccā devatā evamāhaṃsu – ‘na kālaṅkato samaṇo gotamo, api ca kālaṅkarotī’ti. Ekaccā devatā evamāhaṃsu – ‘na kālaṅkato samaṇo gotamo, napi kālaṅkaroti, arahaṃ samaṇo gotamo, vihārotveva so arahato evarūpo hotī’ti .
「阿其韦沙那,我这样想:『让我修习无息禅那。』阿其韦沙那,于是我从口、鼻与耳止住入息与出息。阿其韦沙那,当我从口、鼻与耳止住入息与出息时,身体有极强的热恼。阿其韦沙那,譬如两个有力的人各抓住较弱的人的一只手臂,在炭火坑上烧他、烤他,同样地,阿其韦沙那,当我从口、鼻与耳止住入息与出息时,身体有极强的热恼。阿其韦沙那,我的精进被发起而不松懈,念被现起而不忘失,但我的身体激动而不平静,因为我被那苦的精勤所压迫而具念地努力。阿其韦沙那,即使这样生起的苦受也不占据我的心而住。阿其韦沙那,诸天人看见我后这样说:『沙门果德玛死了。』有些天人这样说:『沙门果德玛没有死,但正在死去。』有些天人这样说:『沙门果德玛没有死,也不是正在死去,沙门果德玛是阿拉汉,阿拉汉的住处就是这样的。』
§379
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ sabbaso āhārupacchedāya paṭipajjeyya’nti. Atha kho maṃ, aggivessana, devatā upasaṅkamitvā etadavocuṃ – ‘mā kho tvaṃ, mārisa, sabbaso āhārupacchedāya paṭipajji. Sace kho tvaṃ, mārisa, sabbaso āhārupacchedāya paṭipajjissasi, tassa te mayaṃ dibbaṃ ojaṃ lomakūpehi ajjhohāressāma , tāya tvaṃ yāpessasī’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘ahañceva kho pana sabbaso ajajjitaṃ paṭijāneyyaṃ, imā ca me devatā dibbaṃ ojaṃ lomakūpehi ajjhohāreyyuṃ , tāya cāhaṃ yāpeyyaṃ, taṃ mamassa musā’ti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, tā devatā paccācikkhāmi, ‘hala’nti vadāmi.
「阿其韦沙那,我生起这样的想法:『我何不完全断绝食物?』阿其韦沙那,那时诸天人来到我处,对我这样说:『尊者,请你不要完全断绝食物。尊者,如果你完全断绝食物,我们将从毛孔注入天食,你将依此维生。』阿其韦沙那,我生起这样的想法:『如果我宣称完全不食,而这些天人从毛孔注入天食,我依此维生,这对我来说就是虚妄。』阿其韦沙那,我拒绝了那些天人,说:『够了。』」
§380
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘yaṃnūnāhaṃ thokaṃ thokaṃ āhāraṃ āhāreyyaṃ, pasataṃ pasataṃ, yadi vā muggayūsaṃ, yadi vā kulatthayūsaṃ, yadi vā kaḷāyayūsaṃ, yadi vā hareṇukayūsa’nti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, thokaṃ thokaṃ āhāraṃ āhāresiṃ, pasataṃ pasataṃ, yadi vā muggayūsaṃ, yadi vā kulatthayūsaṃ, yadi vā kaḷāyayūsaṃ, yadi vā hareṇukayūsaṃ. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, thokaṃ thokaṃ āhāraṃ āhārayato, pasataṃ pasataṃ, yadi vā muggayūsaṃ, yadi vā kulatthayūsaṃ, yadi vā kaḷāyayūsaṃ, yadi vā hareṇukayūsaṃ, adhimattakasimānaṃ patto kāyo hoti. Seyyathāpi nāma āsītikapabbāni vā kāḷapabbāni vā, evamevassu me aṅgapaccaṅgāni bhavanti tāyevappāhāratāya. Seyyathāpi nāma oṭṭhapadaṃ, evamevassu me ānisadaṃ hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. Seyyathāpi nāma vaṭṭanāvaḷī, evamevassu me piṭṭhikaṇṭako uṇṇatāvanato hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. Seyyathāpi nāma jarasālāya gopāṇasiyo oluggaviluggā bhavanti, evamevassu me phāsuḷiyo oluggaviluggā bhavanti tāyevappāhāratāya. Seyyathāpi nāma gambhīre udapāne udakatārakā gambhīragatā okkhāyikā dissanti, evamevassu me akkhikūpesu akkhitārakā gambhīragatā okkhāyikā dissanti tāyevappāhāratāya. Seyyathāpi nāma tittakālābu āmakacchinno vātātapena saṃphuṭito hoti sammilāto, evamevassu me sīsacchavi saṃphuṭitā hoti sammilātā tāyevappāhāratāya.
「阿其韦沙那,我生起这样的想法:『我何不少量少量地进食,一滴一滴地,或者绿豆汤,或者马豆汤,或者豌豆汤,或者小扁豆汤?』阿其韦沙那,我少量少量地进食,一滴一滴地,或者绿豆汤,或者马豆汤,或者豌豆汤,或者小扁豆汤。阿其韦沙那,当我少量少量地进食,一滴一滴地,或者绿豆汤,或者马豆汤,或者豌豆汤,或者小扁豆汤时,我的身体达到极度消瘦。犹如八十天的芦苇节或枯萎的芦苇节,如此,由于那少食,我的肢体变成那样。犹如骆驼的足迹,如此,由于那少食,我的臀部变成那样。犹如一串珠子,如此,由于那少食,我的脊椎骨突出凹陷。犹如老旧房屋的椽子悬垂脱落,如此,由于那少食,我的肋骨悬垂脱落。犹如在深井中,水中的星影深陷可见,如此,由于那少食,在我的眼窝中,眼珠深陷可见。犹如苦瓠被生割后,被风日所枯萎皱缩,如此,由于那少食,我的头皮枯萎皱缩。」
‘‘So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, udaracchaviṃ parimasissāmīti piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃyeva pariggaṇhāmi, piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ parimasissāmīti udaracchaviṃyeva pariggaṇhāmi, yāvassu me, aggivessana, udaracchavi piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ allīnā hoti tāyevappāhāratāya. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, vaccaṃ vā muttaṃ vā karissāmīti tattheva avakujjo papatāmi tāyevappāhāratāya. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, imameva kāyaṃ assāsento pāṇinā gattāni anumajjāmi. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, pāṇinā gattāni anumajjato pūtimūlāni lomāni kāyasmā papatanti tāyevappāhāratāya. Apissu maṃ, aggivessana, manussā disvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘kāḷo samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ekacce manussā evamāhaṃsu – ‘na kāḷo samaṇo gotamo, sāmo samaṇo gotamo’ti. Ekacce manussā evamāhaṃsu – ‘na kāḷo samaṇo gotamo , napi sāmo, maṅguracchavi samaṇo gotamo’ti. Yāvassu me, aggivessana, tāva parisuddho chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto upahato hoti tāyevappāhāratāya.
「阿其韦沙那,我想:『我要触摸腹皮』,却只触到脊椎骨;我想:『我要触摸脊椎骨』,却只触到腹皮。阿其韦沙那,由于那少食,我的腹皮紧贴脊椎骨。阿其韦沙那,我想:『我要大便或小便』,由于那少食,我就在那里倒下。阿其韦沙那,我为了安慰这个身体,用手摩擦肢体。阿其韦沙那,当我用手摩擦肢体时,由于那少食,腐烂根部的体毛从身上脱落。阿其韦沙那,有些人见到我后这样说:『沙门果德玛是黑色的。』有些人这样说:『沙门果德玛不是黑色的,沙门果德玛是褐色的。』有些人这样说:『沙门果德玛不是黑色的,也不是褐色的,沙门果德玛是黄褐色皮肤的。』阿其韦沙那,由于那少食,我那清净明亮的肤色被破坏到如此程度。」
§381
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘ye kho keci atītamaddhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayiṃsu, etāvaparamaṃ, nayito bhiyyo. Yepi hi keci anāgatamaddhānaṃ samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayissanti, etāvaparamaṃ, nayito bhiyyo. Yepi hi keci etarahi samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā opakkamikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaṭukā vedanā vedayanti, etāvaparamaṃ, nayito bhiyyo. Na kho panāhaṃ imāya kaṭukāya dukkarakārikāya adhigacchāmi uttari manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ. Siyā nu kho añño maggo bodhāyā’ti? Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ pitu sakkassa kammante sītāya jambucchāyāya nisinno vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharitā. Siyā nu kho eso maggo bodhāyā’ti? Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, satānusāri viññāṇaṃ ahosi – ‘eseva maggo bodhāyā’ti. Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘kiṃ nu kho ahaṃ tassa sukhassa bhāyāmi, yaṃ taṃ sukhaṃ aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi dhammehī’ti? Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘na kho ahaṃ tassa sukhassa bhāyāmi, yaṃ taṃ sukhaṃ aññatreva kāmehi aññatra akusalehi dhammehī’ti.
「阿其韦沙那,我生起这样的想法:『过去世的任何沙门或婆罗门,感受过由精勤而来的苦的、剧烈的、粗重的、痛苦的受,最多到此为止,不会超过这个。未来世的任何沙门或婆罗门,将感受由精勤而来的苦的、剧烈的、粗重的、痛苦的受,最多到此为止,不会超过这个。现在的任何沙门或婆罗门,感受由精勤而来的苦的、剧烈的、粗重的、痛苦的受,最多到此为止,不会超过这个。然而,我以这痛苦的难行,并未证得超越人法的殊胜圣智见。会不会有另一条通往正觉的道路?』阿其韦沙那,我生起这样的想法:『我忆起在父亲释迦人耕作时,坐在清凉的阎浮树荫下,离诸欲,离诸不善法,有寻、有伺,生起由远离而生的喜与乐,具足初禅而住。会不会这就是通往正觉的道路?』阿其韦沙那,随念而来的识生起:『这就是通往正觉的道路。』阿其韦沙那,我生起这样的想法:『我为何要害怕那离诸欲、离诸不善法的乐?』阿其韦沙那,我生起这样的想法:『我不害怕那离诸欲、离诸不善法的乐。』」
§382
‘‘Tassa mayhaṃ, aggivessana, etadahosi – ‘na kho taṃ sukaraṃ sukhaṃ adhigantuṃ evaṃ adhimattakasimānaṃ pattakāyena, yaṃnūnāhaṃ oḷārikaṃ āhāraṃ āhāreyyaṃ odanakummāsa’nti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, oḷārikaṃ āhāraṃ āhāresiṃ odanakummāsaṃ. Tena kho pana maṃ, aggivessana, samayena pañca bhikkhū paccupaṭṭhitā honti – ‘yaṃ kho samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ adhigamissati, taṃ no ārocessatī’ti. Yato kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, oḷārikaṃ āhāraṃ āhāresiṃ odanakummāsaṃ, atha me te pañca bhikkhū nibbijja pakkamiṃsu – ‘bāhulliko samaṇo gotamo, padhānavibbhanto, āvatto bāhullāyā’ti.
「阿其韦沙那,我生起这样的想法:『以这样极度消瘦的身体,不容易证得那乐,我何不进食粗食,饭与粥?』阿其韦沙那,我进食粗食,饭与粥。阿其韦沙那,那时有五位比库须跋我:『沙门果德玛将证得什么法,他会告诉我们。』阿其韦沙那,当我进食粗食,饭与粥时,那五位比库厌恶地离开,说:『沙门果德玛奢侈了,舍弃精勤,回到奢侈。』」
§383
‘‘So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, oḷārikaṃ āhāraṃ āhāretvā, balaṃ gahetvā, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsiṃ. Evarūpāpi kho me, aggivessana, uppannā sukhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. Vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsiṃ. Evarūpāpi kho me, aggivessana, uppannā sukhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. Pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca vihāsiṃ, sato ca sampajāno. Sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedesiṃ yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti – ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsiṃ. Evarūpāpi kho me, aggivessana, uppannā sukhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati. Sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja vihāsiṃ. Evarūpāpi kho me, aggivessana, uppannā sukhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati.
「阿其韦沙那,我进食粗食,获得力量后,离诸欲,离诸不善法,有寻、有伺,生起由远离而生的喜与乐,具足初禅而住。阿其韦沙那,这样生起的乐受不占据我的心而住。以寻与伺的止息,内净,心成一境性,无寻、无伺,生起由定而生的喜与乐,具足第二禅而住。阿其韦沙那,这样生起的乐受不占据我的心而住。以喜的离去,我住于舍,具念、正知,以身体验乐,正如圣者们所说的:『舍、具念、乐住』,具足第三禅而住。阿其韦沙那,这样生起的乐受不占据我的心而住。以乐的舍断与苦的舍断,先前喜与忧的灭没,不苦不乐,舍念清净,具足第四禅而住。阿其韦沙那,这样生起的乐受不占据我的心而住。」
§384
‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ. So anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarāmi , seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ…pe… iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarāmi. Ayaṃ kho me, aggivessana, rattiyā paṭhame yāme paṭhamā vijjā adhigatā; avijjā vihatā, vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato, āloko uppanno; yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. Evarūpāpi kho me, aggivessana, uppannā sukhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati.
「当心如此得定,清净、明净、无秽、离随烦恼、柔软、适业、住立、达到不动时,我使心倾向于宿住随念智。我随念种种宿住,即:一生……乃至……如此,我随念有行相、有细节的种种宿住。阿其韦沙那,这是我在夜的初更证得的第一明;无明被破除,明生起;黑暗被破除,光明生起;如对不放逸、热诚、自励而住者那样。阿其韦沙那,这样生起的乐受不占据我的心而住。」
§385
‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ. So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passāmi cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāmi…pe… ayaṃ kho me, aggivessana, rattiyā majjhime yāme dutiyā vijjā adhigatā; avijjā vihatā, vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato, āloko uppanno; yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato . Evarūpāpi kho me, aggivessana , uppannā sukhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati.
「当心如此得定,清净、明净、无秽、离随烦恼、柔软、适业、住立、达到不动时,我使心倾向于有情死生智。我以清净、超越人的天眼,见到有情死时、生时,低劣、胜妙、美丽、丑陋、善趣、恶趣,我了知有情随业流转……阿其韦沙那,这是我在夜的中更证得的第二明;无明被破除,明生起;黑暗被破除,光明生起;如对不放逸、热诚、自励而住者那样。阿其韦沙那,这样生起的乐受不占据我的心而住。」
§386
‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmesiṃ. So ‘idaṃ dukkha’nti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ. ‘Ime āsavā’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ. Tassa me evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccittha. Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ ahosi. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti abbhaññāsiṃ. Ayaṃ kho me, aggivessana, rattiyā pacchime yāme tatiyā vijjā adhigatā; avijjā vihatā, vijjā uppannā; tamo vihato, āloko uppanno; yathā taṃ appamattassa ātāpino pahitattassa viharato. Evarūpāpi kho me, aggivessana, uppannā sukhā vedanā cittaṃ na pariyādāya tiṭṭhati.
「他如此心得定,清净、净化、无秽、离随烦恼、柔软、适业、住立、达到不动时,我使心倾向于诸漏尽智。我如实证知『这是苦』,如实证知『这是苦集』,如实证知『这是苦灭』,如实证知『这是导至苦灭之道』。如实证知『这些是漏』,如实证知『这是漏集』,如实证知『这是漏灭』,如实证知『这是导至漏灭之道』。我如此知、如此见,心从欲漏解脱,心从有漏解脱,心从无明漏解脱。于解脱,生起『已解脱』之智。我证知『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在』。阿其韦沙那,这是我在那夜后分所证得的第三明;无明已破,明已生起;黑暗已破,光明已生起;如对不放逸、热诚、自励而住者那样。阿其韦沙那,即使这样生起的乐受也不占据我的心。」
§387
‘‘Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, aggivessana, anekasatāya parisāya dhammaṃ desetā. Apissu maṃ ekameko evaṃ maññati – ‘mamevārabbha samaṇo gotamo dhammaṃ desetī’ti. ‘Na kho panetaṃ, aggivessana, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ; yāvadeva viññāpanatthāya tathāgato paresaṃ dhammaṃ deseti. So kho ahaṃ, aggivessana, tassāyeva kathāya pariyosāne, tasmiṃyeva purimasmiṃ samādhinimitte ajjhattameva cittaṃ saṇṭhapemi sannisādemi ekodiṃ karomi samādahāmi, yena sudaṃ niccakappaṃ viharāmī’’’ti.
「阿其韦沙那,我忆念曾向数百众会说法。即使那时,每一个人都这样想——『沙门果德玛只为我而说法』。阿其韦沙那,不应如此看待;如来只是为了使他人了知而说法。阿其韦沙那,我在那说法结束时,就在那先前的定相中,于内使心住立、安住、成为一境、得定,我确实常时如此而住。」
‘‘Okappaniyametaṃ bhoto gotamassa yathā taṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. Abhijānāti kho pana bhavaṃ gotamo divā supitā’’ti? ‘‘Abhijānāmahaṃ, aggivessana, gimhānaṃ pacchime māse pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapetvā dakkhiṇena passena sato sampajāno niddaṃ okkamitā’’ti. ‘‘Etaṃ kho, bho gotama, eke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammohavihārasmiṃ vadantī’’ti ? ‘‘Na kho, aggivessana, ettāvatā sammūḷho vā hoti asammūḷho vā. Api ca, aggivessana, yathā sammūḷho ca hoti asammūḷho ca, taṃ suṇāhi, sādhukaṃ manasi karohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –
「这对果德玛尊者是可信的,如对阿拉汉、正等正觉者那样。果德玛尊者忆念白天睡眠吗?」「阿其韦沙那,我忆念在夏季最后月,食后从行乞食归来,铺设四叠桑喀帝,以右胁而卧,具念、正知地入睡。」「果德玛尊者,有些沙门婆罗门称这为痴住。」「阿其韦沙那,不是以此而为痴或不痴。阿其韦沙那,然而,如何为痴与不痴,你听!善作意!我将说。」「是的,尊者。」萨咖游方者之子答应世尊。世尊说此——
§388
‘‘Yassa kassaci, aggivessana, ye āsavā saṃkilesikā ponobbhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā appahīnā, tamahaṃ ‘sammūḷho’ti vadāmi. Āsavānañhi, aggivessana, appahānā sammūḷho hoti. Yassa kassaci, aggivessana, ye āsavā saṃkilesikā ponobbhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā pahīnā, tamahaṃ ‘asammūḷho’ti vadāmi. Āsavānañhi, aggivessana, pahānā asammūḷho hoti.
「阿其韦沙那,凡任何人,那些染污的、再有的、有忧的、有苦果报的、未来导至生老死的诸漏未断,我说他『痴』。阿其韦沙那,因为诸漏未断而为痴。阿其韦沙那,凡任何人,那些染污的、再有的、有忧的、有苦果报的、未来导至生老死的诸漏已断,我说他『不痴』。阿其韦沙那,因为诸漏已断而为不痴。」
‘‘Tathāgatassa kho, aggivessana, ye āsavā saṃkilesikā ponobbhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā . Seyyathāpi, aggivessana, tālo matthakacchinno abhabbo puna virūḷhiyā, evameva kho, aggivessana, tathāgatassa ye āsavā saṃkilesikā ponobbhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā pahīnā ucchinnamūlā tālāvatthukatā anabhāvaṃkatā āyatiṃ anuppādadhammā’’ti.
「阿其韦沙那,如来那些染污的、再有的、有忧的、有苦果报的、未来导至生老死的诸漏已断、根已断、如多罗树头被截断、成为非有、未来不再生起之法。阿其韦沙那,犹如多罗树头被截断,不能再生长;同样地,阿其韦沙那,如来那些染污的、再有的、有忧的、有苦果报的、未来导至生老死的诸漏已断、根已断、如多罗树头被截断、成为非有、未来不再生起之法。」
§389
Evaṃ vutte, saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bho gotama, abbhutaṃ, bho gotama! Yāvañcidaṃ bhoto gotamassa evaṃ āsajja āsajja vuccamānassa, upanītehi vacanappathehi samudācariyamānassa, chavivaṇṇo ceva pariyodāyati, mukhavaṇṇo ca vippasīdati, yathā taṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. Abhijānāmahaṃ, bho gotama, pūraṇaṃ kassapaṃ vādena vādaṃ samārabhitā. Sopi mayā vādena vādaṃ samāraddho aññenaññaṃ paṭicari, bahiddhā kathaṃ apanāmesi, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātvākāsi. Bhoto pana gotamassa evaṃ āsajja āsajja vuccamānassa, upanītehi vacanappathehi samudācariyamānassa, chavivaṇṇo ceva pariyodāyati, mukhavaṇṇo ca vippasīdati, yathā taṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. Abhijānāmahaṃ, bho gotama, makkhaliṃ gosālaṃ…pe… ajitaṃ kesakambalaṃ… pakudhaṃ kaccāyanaṃ… sañjayaṃ belaṭṭhaputtaṃ… nigaṇṭhaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ vādena vādaṃ samārabhitā . Sopi mayā vādena vādaṃ samāraddho aññenaññaṃ paṭicari, bahiddhā kathaṃ apanāmesi, kopañca dosañca appaccayañca pātvākāsi. Bhoto pana gotamassa evaṃ āsajja āsajja vuccamānassa, upanītehi vacanappathehi samudācariyamānassa, chavivaṇṇo ceva pariyodāyati, mukhavaṇṇo ca vippasīdati, yathā taṃ arahato sammāsambuddhassa. Handa ca dāni mayaṃ, bho gotama, gacchāma. Bahukiccā mayaṃ, bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni tvaṃ, aggivessana, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti.
如此说时,萨咖游方者之子对世尊如此说:「果德玛尊者,不可思议!果德玛尊者,未曾有!当果德玛尊者如此被一再攻击,被尖锐的言辞对待时,肤色清净,面色明朗,如阿拉汉、正等正觉者那样。果德玛尊者,我忆念曾与富兰那咖沙巴展开论辩。他被我展开论辩时,以此彼回避,转移话题至外,显现忿怒、嗔恨、不满。然而果德玛尊者如此被一再攻击,被尖锐的言辞对待时,肤色清净,面色明朗,如阿拉汉、正等正觉者那样。果德玛尊者,我忆念曾与末卡利果沙喇……阿基答给沙甘跋喇……跋古达咖吒亚那……散佳亚贝喇提子……尼干陀那他子展开论辩。他被我展开论辩时,以此彼回避,转移话题至外,显现忿怒、嗔恨、不满。然而果德玛尊者如此被一再攻击,被尖锐的言辞对待时,肤色清净,面色明朗,如阿拉汉、正等正觉者那样。果德玛尊者,现在我们要走了。我们有很多事务,有很多应作。」「阿其韦沙那,你现在认为是时候了。」
Atha kho saccako nigaṇṭhaputto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmīti.
于是萨咖游方者之子欢喜、随喜世尊所说,从座起立后离去。
Mahāsaccakasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ. · 大萨吒咖经完 第六
7. Cūḷataṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ7. 小渴爱灭尽经
§390
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde. Atha kho sakko devānamindo yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho sakko devānamindo bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhu saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimutto hoti accantaniṭṭho accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussāna’’nti?
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在沙瓦提,东园鹿母讲堂。那时,天人之主萨咖去到世尊处;到达后,礼敬世尊,站立一旁。站立一旁的天人之主萨咖对世尊如此说:「尊者,比库在何种程度上简要地为渴爱尽而解脱,达到究竟、究竟离轭安稳、究竟梵行、究竟终极,为天人中最胜?」
‘‘Idha, devānaminda, bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti – ‘sabbe dhammā nālaṃ abhinivesāyā’ti. Evañcetaṃ, devānaminda, bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti – ‘sabbe dhammā nālaṃ abhinivesāyā’ti. So sabbaṃ dhammaṃ abhijānāti; sabbaṃ dhammaṃ abhiññāya sabbaṃ dhammaṃ parijānāti; sabbaṃ dhammaṃ pariññāya yaṃ kiñci vedanaṃ vedeti – sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, so tāsu vedanāsu aniccānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati, paṭinissaggānupassī viharati. So tāsu vedanāsu aniccānupassī viharanto, virāgānupassī viharanto, nirodhānupassī viharanto, paṭinissaggānupassī viharanto na kiñci loke upādiyati. Anupādiyaṃ na paritassati, aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinibbāyati – ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. Ettāvatā kho, devānaminda, bhikkhu saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimutto hoti accantaniṭṭho accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussāna’’nti.
「于此,天帝,比库听闻——『一切法不值得执着』。天帝,若比库如此听闻——『一切法不值得执着』,他遍知一切法;遍知一切法后,他遍知一切法;遍知一切法后,无论他感受何种受——或乐、或苦、或不苦不乐,他于那些受随观无常而住,随观离贪而住,随观灭而住,随观舍遣而住。他于那些受随观无常而住,随观离贪而住,随观灭而住,随观舍遣而住,不执取世间的任何事物。不执取则不战栗,不战栗则自己般涅槃——他了知『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在』。天帝,至此,比库简要地以渴爱灭尽而解脱,是究竟终结者、究竟离轭安稳者、究竟梵行者、究竟终极者、天人中最胜者。」
Atha kho sakko devānamindo bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā tatthevantaradhāyi.
那时,天帝萨咖欢喜、随喜世尊所说后,礼敬世尊,作右绕,就在那里消失了。
§391
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato avidūre nisinno hoti. Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi – ‘‘kiṃ nu kho so yakkho bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhisamecca anumodi udāhu no; yaṃnūnāhaṃ taṃ yakkhaṃ jāneyyaṃ – yadi vā so yakkho bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhisamecca anumodi yadi vā no’’ti? Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde antarahito devesu tāvatiṃsesu pāturahosi. Tena kho pana samayena sakko devānamindo ekapuṇḍarīke uyyāne dibbehi pañcahi tūriyasatehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti. Addasā kho sakko devānamindo āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ. Disvāna tāni dibbāni pañca tūriyasatāni paṭippaṇāmetvā yenāyasmā mahāmoggallāno tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ehi kho, mārisa moggallāna, svāgataṃ, mārisa moggallāna! Cirassaṃ kho, mārisa moggallāna, imaṃ pariyāyaṃ akāsi yadidaṃ idhāgamanāya. Nisīda, mārisa moggallāna, idamāsanaṃ paññatta’’nti. Nisīdi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno paññatte āsane. Sakkopi kho devānamindo aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ āyasmā mahāmoggallāno etadavoca – ‘‘yathā kathaṃ pana kho, kosiya, bhagavā saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṃ abhāsi? Sādhu mayampi etissā kathāya bhāgino assāma savanāyā’’ti.
尔时,具寿马哈摩嘎喇那坐在世尊不远处。那时,具寿马哈摩嘎喇那生起此念:『那位亚卡是否理解世尊所说而随喜呢?或者不是?我何不了知那位亚卡——那位亚卡是否理解世尊所说而随喜,或者不是?』那时,具寿马哈摩嘎喇那——犹如有力之人伸展屈曲的手臂,或屈曲伸展的手臂,如是——从东园鹿母讲堂消失,出现在三十三天。尔时,天帝萨咖在一朵白莲花园中,与五百天乐相应、具足而娱乐。天帝萨咖从远处看见具寿马哈摩嘎喇那走来。看见后,停止那些五百天乐,前往具寿马哈摩嘎喇那处;抵达后,对具寿马哈摩嘎喇那如此说:『尊者摩嘎喇那,请来!尊者摩嘎喇那,欢迎!尊者摩嘎喇那,很久了,你才作此方便,即来到此处。尊者摩嘎喇那,请坐,此座已设。』具寿马哈摩嘎喇那坐于所设之座。天帝萨咖也取一低座,坐于一旁。坐于一旁的天帝萨咖,具寿马哈摩嘎喇那对他如此说:『憍尸亚,世尊如何简要地说渴爱灭尽解脱呢?善哉,我们也能成为此说的分享者、听闻者。』
§392
‘‘Mayaṃ kho, mārisa moggallāna, bahukiccā bahukaraṇīyā – appeva sakena karaṇīyena, api ca devānaṃyeva tāvatiṃsānaṃ karaṇīyena. Api ca, mārisa moggallāna, sussutaṃyeva hoti suggahitaṃ sumanasikataṃ sūpadhāritaṃ, yaṃ no khippameva antaradhāyati. Bhūtapubbaṃ, mārisa moggallāna, devāsurasaṅgāmo samupabyūḷho ahosi. Tasmiṃ kho pana, mārisa moggallāna, saṅgāme devā jiniṃsu, asurā parājiniṃsu. So kho ahaṃ, mārisa moggallāna, taṃ saṅgāmaṃ abhivijinitvā vijitasaṅgāmo tato paṭinivattitvā vejayantaṃ nāma pāsādaṃ māpesiṃ. Vejayantassa kho, mārisa moggallāna, pāsādassa ekasataṃ niyyūhaṃ. Ekekasmiṃ niyyūhe satta satta kūṭāgārasatāni. Ekamekasmiṃ kūṭāgāre satta satta accharāyo . Ekamekissā accharāya satta satta paricārikāyo. Iccheyyāsi no tvaṃ , mārisa moggallāna, vejayantassa pāsādassa rāmaṇeyyakaṃ daṭṭhu’’nti? Adhivāsesi kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tuṇhībhāvena.
『尊者摩嘎喇那,我们多事、多所作为——不仅是自己的事务,还有三十三天的事务。然而,尊者摩嘎喇那,善听闻的、善把握的、善作意的、善忆持的,很快就从我们消失了。尊者摩嘎喇那,过去,天阿修罗战争爆发了。尊者摩嘎喇那,在那场战争中,天人胜利,阿修罗战败。尊者摩嘎喇那,我战胜那场战争,成为胜利者,从那里返回后,建造了名为韦迦亚塔的宫殿。尊者摩嘎喇那,韦迦亚塔宫殿有一百楼阁。每一楼阁有七百重楼。每一重楼有七位天女。每一位天女有七位侍女。尊者摩嘎喇那,你是否想看韦迦亚塔宫殿的可爱之处?』具寿马哈摩嘎喇那以沉默同意了。
§393
Atha kho sakko ca devānamindo vessavaṇo ca mahārājā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ purakkhatvā yena vejayanto pāsādo tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Addasaṃsu kho sakkassa devānamindassa paricārikāyo āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ; disvā ottappamānā hirīyamānā sakaṃ sakaṃ ovarakaṃ pavisiṃsu. Seyyathāpi nāma suṇisā sasuraṃ disvā ottappati hirīyati, evameva sakkassa devānamindassa paricārikāyo āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ disvā ottappamānā hirīyamānā sakaṃ sakaṃ ovarakaṃ pavisiṃsu. Atha kho sakko ca devānamindo vessavaṇo ca mahārājā āyasmantaṃ mahāmoggallānaṃ vejayante pāsāde anucaṅkamāpenti anuvicarāpenti – ‘‘idampi, mārisa moggallāna, passa vejayantassa pāsādassa rāmaṇeyyakaṃ; idampi, mārisa moggallāna, passa vejayantassa pāsādassa rāmaṇeyyaka’’nti. ‘‘Sobhati idaṃ āyasmato kosiyassa, yathā taṃ pubbe katapuññassa. Manussāpi kiñcideva rāmaṇeyyakaṃ disvā evamāhaṃsu – ‘sobhati vata bho yathā devānaṃ tāvatiṃsāna’nti. Tayidaṃ āyasmato kosiyassa sobhati, yathā taṃ pubbe katapuññassā’’ti. Atha kho āyasmato mahāmoggallānassa etadahosi – ‘‘atibāḷhaṃ kho ayaṃ yakkho pamatto viharati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ yakkhaṃ saṃvejeyya’’nti. Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno tathārūpaṃ iddhābhisaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkhāsi yathā vejayantaṃ pāsādaṃ pādaṅguṭṭhakena saṅkampesi sampakampesi sampavedhesi . Atha kho sakko ca devānamindo, vessavaṇo ca mahārājā, devā ca tāvatiṃsā acchariyabbhutacittajātā ahesuṃ – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho, samaṇassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā, yatra hi nāma dibbabhavanaṃ pādaṅguṭṭhakena saṅkampessati sampakampessati sampavedhessatī’’ti! Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ saṃviggaṃ lomahaṭṭhajātaṃ viditvā sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yathā kathaṃ pana kho, kosiya, bhagavā saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṃ abhāsi? Sādhu mayampi etissā kathāya bhāgino assāma savanāyā’’ti.
那时,天帝萨咖和大王韦沙瓦那,让具寿马哈摩嘎喇那在前,前往韦迦亚塔宫殿。天帝萨咖的侍女们从远处看见具寿马哈摩嘎喇那走来;看见后,惭愧、羞耻,各自进入自己的内室。犹如媳妇见到公公,惭愧、羞耻,如是,天帝萨咖的侍女们看见具寿马哈摩嘎喇那,惭愧、羞耻,各自进入自己的内室。那时,天帝萨咖和大王韦沙瓦那,让具寿马哈摩嘎喇那在韦迦亚塔宫殿中经行、游览——『尊者摩嘎喇那,请看韦迦亚塔宫殿的这个可爱之处;尊者摩嘎喇那,请看韦迦亚塔宫殿的这个可爱之处。』『这对具寿憍尸亚是庄严的,如同过去作福者。人们看见某些可爱之处也如此说:「尊者,这确实庄严,如同三十三天。」这对具寿憍尸亚是庄严的,如同过去作福者。』那时,具寿马哈摩嘎喇那生起此念:『这位亚卡过于放逸而住。我何不令这位亚卡悚惧?』那时,具寿马哈摩嘎喇那作如是神通变化,以足趾使韦迦亚塔宫殿震动、遍震动、遍摇动。那时,天帝萨咖、大王韦沙瓦那和三十三天生起稀有、未曾有之心:『尊者,实在稀有!尊者,实在未曾有!沙门的大神通力、大威力,竟然以足趾使天宫震动、遍震动、遍摇动!』那时,具寿马哈摩嘎喇那知道天帝萨咖悚惧、身毛竖立后,对天帝萨咖如此说:『憍尸亚,世尊如何简要地说渴爱灭尽解脱呢?善哉,我们也能成为此说的分享者、听闻者。』
§394
‘‘Idhāhaṃ , mārisa moggallāna, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃ; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsiṃ. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho ahaṃ, mārisa moggallāna, bhagavantaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, bhikkhu saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimutto hoti accantaniṭṭho accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussāna’’’nti?
『尊者摩嘎喇那,于此,我前往世尊处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,站立一旁。尊者摩嘎喇那,站立一旁的我,对世尊如此说:「尊者,至何程度,比库简要地以渴爱灭尽而解脱,是究竟终结者、究竟离轭安稳者、究竟梵行者、究竟终极者、天人中最胜者?」』
‘‘Evaṃ vutte, mārisa moggallāna, bhagavā maṃ etadavoca – ‘idha, devānaminda, bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti – sabbe dhammā nālaṃ abhinivesāyā’ti. Evaṃ cetaṃ devānaminda bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti ‘sabbe dhammā nālaṃ abhinivesāyā’ti. So sabbaṃ dhammaṃ abhijānāti, sabbaṃ dhammaṃ abhiññāya sabbaṃ dhammaṃ parijānāti, sabbaṃ dhammaṃ pariññāya yaṃ kiñci vedanaṃ vedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā. So tāsu vedanāsu aniccānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati, paṭinissaggānupassī viharati. So tāsu vedanāsu aniccānupassī viharanto, virāgānupassī viharanto, nirodhānupassī viharanto, paṭinissaggānupassī viharanto na kiñci loke upādiyati, anupādiyaṃ na paritassati, aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinibbāyati – ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. Ettāvatā kho, devānaminda, bhikkhu saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimutto hoti accantaniṭṭho accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussānanti. Evaṃ kho me, mārisa moggallāna, bhagavā saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṃ abhāsī’’ti.
『尊者摩嘎喇那,如此说时,世尊对我如此说:「于此,天帝,比库听闻——『一切法不值得执着』。天帝,若比库如此听闻『一切法不值得执着』,他遍知一切法,遍知一切法后,他遍知一切法,遍知一切法后,无论他感受何种受——或乐、或苦、或不苦不乐。他于那些受随观无常而住,随观离贪而住,随观灭而住,随观舍遣而住。他于那些受随观无常而住,随观离贪而住,随观灭而住,随观舍遣而住,不执取世间的任何事物,不执取则不战栗,不战栗则自己般涅槃——他了知『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在』。天帝,至此,比库简要地以渴爱灭尽而解脱,是究竟终结者、究竟离轭安稳者、究竟梵行者、究竟终极者、天人中最胜者。」尊者摩嘎喇那,世尊如此对我简要地说渴爱灭尽解脱。』
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno sakkassa devānamindassa bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya evameva – devesu tāvatiṃsesu antarahito pubbārāme migāramātupāsāde pāturahosi. Atha kho sakkassa devānamindassa paricārikāyo acirapakkante āyasmante mahāmoggallāne sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘eso nu te, mārisa, so bhagavā satthā’’ti? ‘‘Na kho me, mārisa, so bhagavā satthā. Sabrahmacārī me eso āyasmā mahāmoggallāno’’ti. ‘‘Lābhā te, mārisa, (suladdhaṃ te, mārisa) yassa te sabrahmacārī evaṃmahiddhiko evaṃmahānubhāvo! Aho nūna te so bhagavā satthā’’ti.
那时,具寿马哈摩嘎喇那欢喜、随喜天帝萨咖所说后——犹如有力之人伸展屈曲的手臂,或屈曲伸展的手臂,如是——从三十三天消失,出现在东园鹿母讲堂。那时,具寿马哈摩嘎喇那离去不久,天帝萨咖的侍女们对天帝萨咖如此说:『尊者,那位是你的世尊导师吗?』『尊者们,那位不是我的世尊导师。那位是我的同梵行者具寿马哈摩嘎喇那。』『尊者,你得利了(尊者,你善得了),你的同梵行者有如此大神通、如此大威力!那么,你的世尊导师必定更是如此!』
§395
Atha kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhijānāti no, bhante, bhagavā ahu ñātaññatarassa mahesakkhassa yakkhassa saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṃ bhāsitā’’ti ? ‘‘Abhijānāmahaṃ, moggallāna, idha sakko devānamindo yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, moggallāna, sakko devānamindo maṃ etadavoca – ‘kittāvatā nu kho, bhante , bhikkhu saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimutto hoti accantaniṭṭho accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussāna’’nti.
那时,具寿大摩嘎剌那前往世尊所在之处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。坐于一旁的具寿大摩嘎剌那对世尊如此说:「大德,世尊是否忆念曾对某位大威力的亚卡简略地宣说了渴爱灭尽解脱?」「摩嘎剌那,我忆念,在此,萨咖天帝前往我所在之处;抵达后,礼敬我,站立于一旁。摩嘎剌那,站立于一旁的萨咖天帝对我如此说:『大德,比库在何种程度上是简略地渴爱灭尽解脱者,是究竟终结者、究竟安稳者、究竟梵行者、究竟终极者、天人中最胜者?』」
Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ, moggallāna, sakkaṃ devānamindaṃ etadavocaṃ ‘‘idha devānaminda bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti ‘sabbe dhammā nālaṃ abhinivesāyā’ti. Evaṃ cetaṃ devānaminda bhikkhuno sutaṃ hoti ‘sabbe dhammā nālaṃ abhinivesāyā’ti. So sabbaṃ dhammaṃ abhijānāti, sabbaṃ dhammaṃ abhiññāya sabbaṃ dhammaṃ parijānāti , sabbaṃ dhammaṃ pariññāya yaṃ kiñci vedanaṃ vedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā. So tāsu vedanāsu aniccānupassī viharati, virāgānupassī viharati, nirodhānupassī viharati, paṭinissaggānupassī viharati. So tāsu vedanāsu aniccānupassī viharanto, virāgānupassī viharanto, nirodhānupassī viharanto, paṭinissaggānupassī viharanto na kiñci loke upādiyati, anupādiyaṃ na paritassati, aparitassaṃ paccattaññeva parinibbāyati – ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ , kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti. Ettāvatā kho, devānaminda, bhikkhu saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimutto hoti accantaniṭṭho accantayogakkhemī accantabrahmacārī accantapariyosāno seṭṭho devamanussānanti. Evaṃ kho ahaṃ, moggallāna, abhijānāmi sakkassa devānamindassa saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṃ bhāsitā’’ti.
「摩嘎剌那,如此说时,我对萨咖天帝如此说:『天帝,在此,比库听闻「一切法不值得执着」。天帝,如果比库如此听闻「一切法不值得执着」,他遍知一切法,遍知一切法后,他遍知一切法,遍知后,无论他感受何种受——乐或苦或不苦不乐。他于那些受中,住于随观无常,住于随观离贪,住于随观灭,住于随观舍弃。他住于随观那些受的无常,住于随观离贪,住于随观灭,住于随观舍弃,不执取世间的任何事物,不执取故不战栗,不战栗故自己般涅槃——他了知「生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在」。天帝,在此程度上,比库是简略地渴爱灭尽解脱者,是究竟终结者、究竟安稳者、究竟梵行者、究竟终极者、天人中最胜者。』摩嘎剌那,我如此忆念对萨咖天帝简略地宣说了渴爱灭尽解脱。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamano āyasmā mahāmoggallāno bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandīti.
世尊如此说。具寿大摩嘎剌那心满意足,欢喜世尊所说。
Cūḷataṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ sattamaṃ. · 小渴爱灭尽经完 第七
8. Mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ8. 大渴爱灭尽经
§396
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. Tena kho pana samayena sātissa nāma bhikkhuno kevaṭṭaputtassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ hoti – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ sandhāvati saṃsarati anañña’’nti. Assosuṃ kho sambahulā bhikkhū – ‘‘sātissa kira nāma bhikkhuno kevaṭṭaputtassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ sandhāvati saṃsarati, anañña’’’nti. Atha kho te bhikkhū yena sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sātiṃ bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘saccaṃ kira te, āvuso sāti, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ sandhāvati saṃsarati, anañña’’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ byā kho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ sandhāvati saṃsarati, anañña’’nti. Atha kho te bhikkhū sātiṃ bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetukāmā samanuyuñjanti samanugāhanti samanubhāsanti – ‘‘mā evaṃ, āvuso sāti, avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Anekapariyāyenāvuso sāti, paṭiccasamuppannaṃ viññāṇaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā, aññatra paccayā natthi viññāṇassa sambhavo’’ti. Evampi kho sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto tehi bhikkhūhi samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno tadeva pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati – ‘‘evaṃ byā kho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ sandhāvati saṃsarati anañña’’nti.
如是我闻:一时,世尊住在沙瓦提城揭德林给孤独园。那时,名叫沙帝的渔夫之子比库生起了如此的恶见:「我如此了知世尊所说之法:就是这同一个识在轮回流转,而非其他。」众多比库听闻:「据说名叫沙帝的渔夫之子比库生起了如此的恶见:『我如此了知世尊所说之法:就是这同一个识在轮回流转,而非其他。』」那时,那些比库前往沙帝渔夫之子比库所在之处;抵达后,对沙帝渔夫之子比库如此说:「贤友沙帝,据说你生起了如此的恶见:『我如此了知世尊所说之法:就是这同一个识在轮回流转,而非其他』,是真的吗?」「贤友们,确实如此,我如此了知世尊所说之法:就是这同一个识在轮回流转,而非其他。」那时,那些比库想要使沙帝渔夫之子比库脱离那恶见,反复追问、反复询问、反复责难:「贤友沙帝,不要如此说,不要诽谤世尊,诽谤世尊确实不善,世尊确实不会如此说。贤友沙帝,世尊以多种方式说识是缘起的,离缘则无识的生起。」即使那些比库如此反复追问、反复询问、反复责难沙帝渔夫之子比库,他仍然固执、坚持那恶见,宣称:「贤友们,确实如此,我如此了知世尊所说之法:就是这同一个识在轮回流转,而非其他。」
§397
Yato kho te bhikkhū nāsakkhiṃsu sātiṃ bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṃ, atha kho te bhikkhū yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho te bhikkhū bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sātissa nāma, bhante, bhikkhuno kevaṭṭaputtassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ sandhāvati saṃsarati, anañña’nti. Assumha kho mayaṃ, bhante, sātissa kira nāma bhikkhuno kevaṭṭaputtassa evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ sandhāvati saṃsarati, anañña’nti. Atha kho mayaṃ, bhante, yena sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto tenupasaṅkamimha; upasaṅkamitvā sātiṃ bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ etadavocumha – ‘saccaṃ kira te, āvuso sāti, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ sandhāvati saṃsarati, anañña’’nti? Evaṃ vutte, bhante, sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto amhe etadavoca – ‘evaṃ byā kho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ sandhāvati saṃsarati, anañña’nti. Atha kho mayaṃ, bhante, sātiṃ bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetukāmā samanuyuñjimha samanugāhimha samanubhāsimha – ‘mā evaṃ, āvuso sāti, avaca, mā bhagavantaṃ abbhācikkhi, na hi sādhu bhagavato abbhakkhānaṃ, na hi bhagavā evaṃ vadeyya. Anekapariyāyenāvuso sāti, paṭiccasamuppannaṃ viññāṇaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā, aññatra paccayā natthi viññāṇassa sambhavo’ti. Evampi kho, bhante, sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto amhehi samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno tadeva pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ thāmasā parāmasā abhinivissa voharati – ‘evaṃ byā kho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ sandhāvati saṃsarati, anañña’nti. Yato kho mayaṃ, bhante, nāsakkhimha sātiṃ bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ etasmā pāpakā diṭṭhigatā vivecetuṃ, atha mayaṃ etamatthaṃ bhagavato ārocemā’’ti.
当那些比库无法使沙帝渔夫之子比库脱离那恶见时,那时,那些比库前往世尊所在之处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。坐于一旁的那些比库对世尊如此说:「大德,名叫沙帝的渔夫之子比库生起了如此的恶见:『我如此了知世尊所说之法:就是这同一个识在轮回流转,而非其他。』大德,我们听闻:『据说名叫沙帝的渔夫之子比库生起了如此的恶见:「我如此了知世尊所说之法:就是这同一个识在轮回流转,而非其他。」』那时,大德,我们前往沙帝渔夫之子比库所在之处;抵达后,对沙帝渔夫之子比库如此说:『贤友沙帝,据说你生起了如此的恶见:「我如此了知世尊所说之法:就是这同一个识在轮回流转,而非其他」,是真的吗?』大德,如此说时,沙帝渔夫之子比库对我们如此说:『贤友们,确实如此,我如此了知世尊所说之法:就是这同一个识在轮回流转,而非其他。』那时,大德,我们想要使沙帝渔夫之子比库脱离那恶见,反复追问、反复询问、反复责难:『贤友沙帝,不要如此说,不要诽谤世尊,诽谤世尊确实不善,世尊确实不会如此说。贤友沙帝,世尊以多种方式说识是缘起的,离缘则无识的生起。』大德,即使我们如此反复追问、反复询问、反复责难沙帝渔夫之子比库,他仍然固执、坚持那恶见,宣称:『贤友们,确实如此,我如此了知世尊所说之法:就是这同一个识在轮回流转,而非其他。』大德,当我们无法使沙帝渔夫之子比库脱离那恶见时,我们将此事禀告世尊。」
§398
Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ bhikkhu, mama vacanena sātiṃ bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ āmantehi – ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso sāti, āmantetī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yena sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā sātiṃ bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā taṃ, āvuso sāti, āmantetī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho sātiṃ bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘saccaṃ kira, te, sāti, evarūpaṃ pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ uppannaṃ – ‘tathāhaṃ bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ sandhāvati saṃsarati, anañña’’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ byā kho ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā tadevidaṃ viññāṇaṃ sandhāvati saṃsarati, anañña’’nti. ‘‘Katamaṃ taṃ, sāti, viññāṇa’’nti? ‘‘Yvāyaṃ, bhante, vado vedeyyo tatra tatra kalyāṇapāpakānaṃ kammānaṃ vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedetī’’ti. ‘‘Kassa nu kho nāma tvaṃ, moghapurisa, mayā evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāsi? Nanu mayā, moghapurisa, anekapariyāyena paṭiccasamuppannaṃ viññāṇaṃ vuttaṃ, aññatra paccayā natthi viññāṇassa sambhavoti? Atha ca pana tvaṃ, moghapurisa, attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhasi, attānañca khaṇasi, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavasi. Tañhi te, moghapurisa, bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāyā’’ti.
那时,世尊呼唤某位比库:「来吧,比库,你以我的名义呼唤沙帝渔夫之子比库:『贤友沙帝,导师召唤你。』」「是的,大德。」那位比库应诺世尊后,前往沙帝渔夫之子比库所在之处;抵达后,对沙帝渔夫之子比库如此说:「贤友沙帝,导师召唤你。」「是的,贤友。」沙帝渔夫之子比库应诺那位比库后,前往世尊所在之处;抵达后,礼敬世尊,坐于一旁。世尊对坐于一旁的沙帝渔夫之子比库如此说:「沙帝,据说你生起了如此的恶见:『我如此了知世尊所说之法:就是这同一个识在轮回流转,而非其他』,是真的吗?」「大德,确实如此,我如此了知世尊所说之法:就是这同一个识在轮回流转,而非其他。」「沙帝,那是什么识?」「大德,就是那个言说者、感受者,在各处感受善恶业的果报者。」「愚痴人,你从谁那里了知我如此说法?愚痴人,我岂非以多种方式说识是缘起的,离缘则无识的生起?然而你,愚痴人,以自己的错误理解诽谤我们,也毁坏自己,并造作许多恶业。愚痴人,这将长久导致你的不利与痛苦。」
§399
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nāyaṃ sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto usmīkatopi imasmiṃ dhammavinaye’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi siyā bhante? No hetaṃ, bhante’’ti. Evaṃ vutte, sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdi. Atha kho bhagavā sātiṃ bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ tuṇhībhūtaṃ maṅkubhūtaṃ pattakkhandhaṃ adhomukhaṃ pajjhāyantaṃ appaṭibhānaṃ viditvā sātiṃ bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘paññāyissasi kho tvaṃ, moghapurisa, etena sakena pāpakena diṭṭhigatena. Idhāhaṃ bhikkhū paṭipucchissāmī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tumhepi me, bhikkhave, evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānātha yathāyaṃ sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhati, attānañca khaṇati, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavatī’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante! Anekapariyāyena hi no, bhante, paṭiccasamuppannaṃ viññāṇaṃ vuttaṃ bhagavatā, aññatra paccayā natthi viññāṇassa sambhavo’’ti. ‘‘Sādhu sādhu, bhikkhave! Sādhu kho me tumhe, bhikkhave, evaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānātha. Anekapariyāyena hi vo, bhikkhave, paṭiccasamuppannaṃ viññāṇaṃ vuttaṃ mayā, aññatra paccayā natthi viññāṇassa sambhavoti. Atha ca panāyaṃ sāti bhikkhu kevaṭṭaputto attanā duggahitena amhe ceva abbhācikkhati, attānañca khaṇati, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavati pasavati. Tañhi tassa moghapurisassa bhavissati dīgharattaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya.
那时,世尊呼唤诸比库:「比库们,你们认为如何?这位沙帝渔夫之子比库在此法与律中是否已生起些微温暖?」「大德,怎么可能?大德,确实须跋。」如此说时,沙帝渔夫之子比库沉默、羞愧、垂肩、低头、沉思、无言地坐着。那时,世尊知道沙帝渔夫之子比库沉默、羞愧、垂肩、低头、沉思、无言后,对沙帝渔夫之子比库如此说:「愚痴人,你将以自己的恶见而被认知。在此,我将询问诸比库。」那时,世尊呼唤诸比库:「比库们,你们也如此了知我所说之法,如同这位沙帝渔夫之子比库以自己的错误理解诽谤我们,也毁坏自己,并造作许多恶业吗?」「大德,确实不是!大德,世尊以多种方式对我们说识是缘起的,离缘则无识的生起。」「善哉,善哉,比库们!比库们,你们如此了知我所说之法,善哉!比库们,我以多种方式对你们说识是缘起的,离缘则无识的生起。然而这位沙帝渔夫之子比库以自己的错误理解诽谤我们,也毁坏自己,并造作许多恶业。这将长久导致那愚痴人的不利与痛苦。
§400
‘‘Yaṃ yadeva, bhikkhave, paccayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati viññāṇaṃ, tena teneva viññāṇaṃtveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati . Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati viññāṇaṃ, cakkhuviññāṇaṃtveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; sotañca paṭicca sadde ca uppajjati viññāṇaṃ, sotaviññāṇaṃtveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; ghānañca paṭicca gandhe ca uppajjati viññāṇaṃ, ghānaviññāṇaṃtveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; jivhañca paṭicca rase ca uppajjati viññāṇaṃ, jivhāviññāṇaṃtveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; kāyañca paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca uppajjati viññāṇaṃ, kāyaviññāṇaṃtveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati viññāṇaṃ, manoviññāṇaṃtveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.
「比库们,依缘何种缘而生起识,就以那个来称呼识。依眼与色而生起识,就称为眼识;依耳与声而生起识,就称为耳识;依鼻与香而生起识,就称为鼻识;依舌与味而生起识,就称为舌识;依身与触而生起识,就称为身识;依意与法而生起识,就称为意识。
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, yaṃ yadeva paccayaṃ paṭicca aggi jalati tena teneva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Kaṭṭhañca paṭicca aggi jalati, kaṭṭhaggitveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; sakalikañca paṭicca aggi jalati, sakalikaggitveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; tiṇañca paṭicca aggi jalati, tiṇaggitveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; gomayañca paṭicca aggi jalati, gomayaggitveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; thusañca paṭicca aggi jalati, thusaggitveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; saṅkārañca paṭicca aggi jalati, saṅkāraggitveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, yaṃ yadeva paccayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati viññāṇaṃ, tena teneva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Cakkhuñca paṭicca rūpe ca uppajjati viññāṇaṃ, cakkhuviññāṇaṃtveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati; sotañca paṭicca sadde ca uppajjati viññāṇaṃ, sotaviññāṇaṃtveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati, ghānañca paṭicca gandhe ca uppajjati viññāṇaṃ , ghāṇaviññāṇaṃtveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati, jivhañca paṭicca rase ca uppajjati viññāṇaṃ, jivhāviññāṇaṃtveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Kāyañca paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca uppajjati viññāṇaṃ, kāyaviññāṇaṃtveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati. Manañca paṭicca dhamme ca uppajjati viññāṇaṃ, manoviññāṇaṃtveva saṅkhyaṃ gacchati.
「诸比库,譬如火依缘于任何缘而燃烧,它就依那个而被称呼。依缘于木柴而火燃烧,它就被称呼为木柴火;依缘于木片而火燃烧,它就被称呼为木片火;依缘于草而火燃烧,它就被称呼为草火;依缘于牛粪而火燃烧,它就被称呼为牛粪火;依缘于糠而火燃烧,它就被称呼为糠火;依缘于垃圾而火燃烧,它就被称呼为垃圾火。同样地,诸比库,识依缘于任何缘而生起,它就依那个而被称呼。依缘于眼与色而识生起,它就被称呼为眼识;依缘于耳与声而识生起,它就被称呼为耳识;依缘于鼻与香而识生起,它就被称呼为鼻识;依缘于舌与味而识生起,它就被称呼为舌识;依缘于身与触而识生起,它就被称呼为身识;依缘于意与法而识生起,它就被称呼为意识。」
§401
‘‘Bhūtamidanti , bhikkhave, passathā’’ti?
「诸比库,你们见到『这是已成的』吗?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Tadāhārasambhavanti, bhikkhave, passathā’’ti?
「诸比库,你们见到『那是从食而生的』吗?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ, taṃ nirodhadhammanti, bhikkhave, passathā’’ti?
「诸比库,你们见到『由于那食的灭,已成的那个是灭法』吗?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Bhūtamidaṃ nossūti, bhikkhave, kaṅkhato uppajjati vicikicchā’’ti?
「诸比库,从疑惑『这可能不是已成的』而生起疑吗?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Tadāhārasambhavaṃ nossūti, bhikkhave , kaṅkhato uppajjati vicikicchā’’ti?
「诸比库,对于『那个是从食而生的』怀疑者,生起疑吗?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ, taṃ nirodhadhammaṃ nossūti, bhikkhave, kaṅkhato uppajjati vicikicchā’’ti?
「诸比库,对于『从那个食的灭,凡已生的,那个是灭法』怀疑者,生起疑吗?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Bhūtamidanti, bhikkhave, yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passato yā vicikicchā sā pahīyatī’’ti?
「诸比库,以正慧如实见『这个已生』者,那个疑被舍断吗?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Tadāhārasambhavanti, bhikkhave, yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passatāe yā vicikicchā sā pahīyatī’’ti?
「诸比库,以正慧如实见『那个是从食而生的』者,那个疑被舍断吗?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ, taṃ nirodhadhammanti, bhikkhave, yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya passatāe yā vicikicchā sā pahīyatī’’ti?
「诸比库,以如实正慧见『由于彼食的灭,凡已生起者,彼为灭法』者,疑被舍断,诸比库,如是吗?」
‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’.
「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Bhūtamidanti, bhikkhave, itipi vo ettha nibbicikicchā’’ti?
「诸比库,『此为已生起者』,如是,你们于此无疑吗?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Tadāhārasambhavanti, bhikkhave, itipi vo ettha nibbicikicchā’’ti?
「诸比库,『由彼食而生起』,如是,你们于此无疑吗?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti, bhikkhave, itipi vo ettha nibbicikicchā’’ti?
「诸比库,『由于彼食的灭,凡已生起者,彼为灭法』,如是,你们于此无疑吗?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Bhūtamidanti, bhikkhave, yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭha’’nti?
「诸比库,『这是已生起的』,以正慧如实善见?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Tadāhārasambhavanti, bhikkhave, yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭha’’nti?
「诸比库,『那是从食而生的』,以正慧如实善见?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Tadāhāranirodhā yaṃ bhūtaṃ taṃ nirodhadhammanti, bhikkhave, yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya sudiṭṭha’’nti?
「诸比库,『由于那食的灭,凡已生起的,那是灭法』,以正慧如实善见?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「是的,尊者。」
‘‘Imaṃ ce tumhe, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiṃ evaṃ parisuddhaṃ evaṃ pariyodātaṃ allīyetha kelāyetha dhanāyetha mamāyetha, api nu me tumhe, bhikkhave, kullūpamaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājāneyyātha nittharaṇatthāya no gahaṇatthāyā’’ti?
「诸比库,如果你们对这如此清净、如此皎洁的见执著、执取、珍藏、执为我所,那么,诸比库,你们是否了知我所教导的筏喻之法是为了渡越,而非为了执取?」
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「不是,世尊。」
‘‘Imaṃ ce tumhe, bhikkhave, diṭṭhiṃ evaṃ parisuddhaṃ evaṃ pariyodātaṃ na allīyetha na kelāyetha na dhanāyetha na mamāyetha, api nu me tumhe, bhikkhave, kullūpamaṃ dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājāneyyātha nittharaṇatthāya no gahaṇatthāyā’’ti?
「诸比库,如果你们对这清净的、皎洁的见不依恋、不执持、不执着、不执为我所,那么,诸比库,你们是否了知我所教导的筏喻之法是为了渡越而非为了执取?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
「是的,世尊。」
§402
‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā, sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya. Katame cattāro? Kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṃ catutthaṃ.
「诸比库,有这四种食,为了已生有情的住立,或为了寻求再生者的资助。哪四种?段食,或粗或细,为第一;触为第二;意思为第三;识为第四。
‘‘Ime ca, bhikkhave, cattāro āhārā kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā?
「诸比库,这四种食以什么为因、以什么为集、从什么而生、以什么为源?
‘‘Ime cattāro āhārā taṇhānidānā taṇhāsamudayā taṇhājātikā taṇhāpabhavā.
「这四种食以渴爱为因、以渴爱为集、从渴爱而生、以渴爱为源。
‘‘Taṇhā cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā?
「诸比库,这渴爱以什么为因、以什么为集、从什么而生、以什么为源?
‘‘Taṇhā vedanānidānā vedanāsamudayā vedanājātikā vedanāpabhavā.
「渴爱以受为因、以受为集、从受而生、以受为源。
‘‘Vedanā cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā?
「诸比库,此受以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?
‘‘Vedanā phassanidānā phassasamudayā phassajātikā phassapabhavā .
「受以触为因、以触为集、以触为生、以触为源。
‘‘Phasso cāyaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidāno kiṃsamudayo kiṃjātiko kiṃpabhavo?
「诸比库,此触以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?
‘‘Phasso saḷāyatananidāno saḷāyatanasamudayo saḷāyatanajātiko saḷāyatanapabhavo.
「触以六处为因、以六处为集、以六处为生、以六处为源。
‘‘Saḷāyatanaṃ cidaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kiṃpabhavaṃ?
「诸比库,此六处以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?
‘‘Saḷāyatanaṃ nāmarūpanidānaṃ nāmarūpasamudayaṃ nāmarūpajātikaṃ nāmarūpapabhavaṃ.
「六处以名色为因、以名色为集、以名色为生、以名色为源。
‘‘Nāmarūpaṃ cidaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kiṃpabhavaṃ?
「诸比库,此名色以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?
‘‘Nāmarūpaṃ viññāṇanidānaṃ viññāṇasamudayaṃ viññāṇajātikaṃ viññāṇapabhavaṃ.
「名色以识为因、以识为集、以识为生、以识为源。
‘‘Viññāṇaṃ cidaṃ, bhikkhave, kiṃnidānaṃ kiṃsamudayaṃ kiṃjātikaṃ kiṃpabhavaṃ?
「诸比库,此识以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?」
‘‘Viññāṇaṃ saṅkhāranidānaṃ saṅkhārasamudayaṃ saṅkhārajātikaṃ saṅkhārapabhavaṃ.
「识以行为因、以行为集、以行为生、以行为源。」
‘‘Saṅkhārā cime, bhikkhave, kiṃnidānā kiṃsamudayā kiṃjātikā kiṃpabhavā?
「诸比库,此诸行以何为因、以何为集、以何为生、以何为源?」
‘‘Saṅkhārā avijjānidānā avijjāsamudayā avijjājātikā avijjāpabhavā.
「诸行以无明为因、以无明为集、以无明为生、以无明为源。」
‘‘Iti kho, bhikkhave, avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.’’’
「如此,诸比库,无明缘行,行缘识,识缘名色,名色缘六处,六处缘触,触缘受,受缘渴爱,渴爱缘取,取缘有,有缘生,生缘老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。如此是这整个苦蕴的集起。」
§403
‘‘Jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇanti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; jātipaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Jātipaccayā, bhante, jarāmaraṇaṃ; evaṃ no ettha hoti – jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇa’’nti. ‘‘Bhavapaccayā jātīti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; bhavapaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, jāti, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Bhavapaccayā, bhante , jāti; evaṃ no ettha hoti – bhavapaccayā jātī’’ti . ‘‘Upādānapaccayā bhavoti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; upādānapaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, bhavo, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Upādānapaccayā, bhante, bhavo; evaṃ no ettha hoti – upādānapaccayā bhavo’’ti. ‘‘Taṇhāpaccayā upādānanti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ, taṇhāpaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, upādānaṃ, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Taṇhāpaccayā, bhante, upādānaṃ; evaṃ no ettha hoti – taṇhāpaccayā upādāna’’nti. ‘‘Vedanāpaccayā taṇhāti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; vedanāpaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, taṇhā, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Vedanāpaccayā, bhante, taṇhā; evaṃ no ettha hoti – vedanāpaccayā taṇhā’’ti. ‘‘Phassapaccayā vedanāti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; phassapaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, vedanā, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Phassapaccayā, bhante, vedanā; evaṃ no ettha hoti – phassapaccayā vedanā’’ti. ‘‘Saḷāyatanapaccayā phassoti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; saḷāyatanapaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, phasso, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Saḷāyatanapaccayā, bhante, phasso; evaṃ no ettha hoti – saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso’’ti. ‘‘Nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatananti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; nāmarūpapaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, saḷāyatanaṃ, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Nāmarūpapaccayā, bhante, saḷāyatanaṃ; evaṃ no ettha hoti – nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatana’’nti. ‘‘Viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpanti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; viññāṇapaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, nāmarūpaṃ, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Viññāṇapaccayā, bhante, nāmarūpaṃ; evaṃ no ettha hoti – viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpa’’nti. ‘‘Saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇanti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; saṅkhārapaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Saṅkhārapaccayā, bhante, viññāṇaṃ; evaṃ no ettha hoti – saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇa’’nti. ‘‘Avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārāti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; avijjāpaccayā nu kho, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Avijjāpaccayā, bhante, saṅkhārā; evaṃ no ettha hoti – avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā’’ti.
「『生缘老死』,如此已说此;诸比库,生缘老死,或非如此,于此如何?」「大德,生缘老死;我们于此如此:生缘老死。」「『有缘生』,如此已说此;诸比库,有缘生,或非如此,于此如何?」「大德,有缘生;我们于此如此:有缘生。」「『取缘有』,如此已说此;诸比库,取缘有,或非如此,于此如何?」「大德,取缘有;我们于此如此:取缘有。」「『渴爱缘取』,如此已说此;诸比库,渴爱缘取,或非如此,于此如何?」「大德,渴爱缘取;我们于此如此:渴爱缘取。」「『受缘渴爱』,如此已说此;诸比库,受缘渴爱,或非如此,于此如何?」「大德,受缘渴爱;我们于此如此:受缘渴爱。」「『触缘受』,如此已说此;诸比库,触缘受,或非如此,于此如何?」「大德,触缘受;我们于此如此:触缘受。」「『六处缘触』,如此已说此;诸比库,六处缘触,或非如此,于此如何?」「大德,六处缘触;我们于此如此:六处缘触。」「『名色缘六处』,如此已说此;诸比库,名色缘六处,或非如此,于此如何?」「大德,名色缘六处;我们于此如此:名色缘六处。」「『识缘名色』,如此已说此;诸比库,识缘名色,或非如此,于此如何?」「大德,识缘名色;我们于此如此:识缘名色。」「『行缘识』,如此已说此;诸比库,行缘识,或非如此,于此如何?」「大德,行缘识;我们于此如此:行缘识。」「『无明缘行』,如此已说此;诸比库,无明缘行,或非如此,于此如何?」「大德,无明缘行;我们于此如此:无明缘行。」
§404
‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave. Iti kho, bhikkhave, tumhepi evaṃ vadetha, ahampi evaṃ vadāmi – imasmiṃ sati idaṃ hoti, imassuppādā idaṃ uppajjati, yadidaṃ – avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā saḷāyatanaṃ, saḷāyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
「善哉,诸比库。如此,诸比库,你们也如此说,我也如此说——此有故彼有,此生故彼生,即是:无明缘行,行缘识,识缘名色,名色缘六处,六处缘触,触缘受,受缘渴爱,渴爱缘取,取缘有,有缘生,生缘老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。如此是这整个苦蕴的集起。」
‘‘Avijjāyatveva asesavirāganirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho , saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti.
「然而,以无明的无余离贪灭故行灭,行灭故识灭,识灭故名色灭,名色灭故六处灭,六处灭故触灭,触灭故受灭,受灭故渴爱灭,渴爱灭故取灭,取灭故有灭,有灭故生灭,生灭故老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭。如此是这整个苦蕴的灭。」
§405
‘‘Jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodhoti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; jātinirodhā nu kho, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇanirodho, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Jātinirodhā, bhante, jarāmaraṇanirodho; evaṃ no ettha hoti – jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇanirodho’’ti. ‘‘Bhavanirodhā jātinirodhoti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; bhavanirodhā nu kho, bhikkhave, jātinirodho, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Bhavanirodhā, bhante, jātinirodho; evaṃ no ettha hoti – bhavanirodhā jātinirodho’’ti. ‘‘Upādānanirodhā bhavanirodhoti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; upādānanirodhā nu kho, bhikkhave, bhavanirodho, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Upādānanirodhā, bhante, bhavanirodho; evaṃ no ettha hoti – upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho’’ti. ‘‘Taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodhoti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; taṇhānirodhā nu kho, bhikkhave, upādānanirodho, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Taṇhānirodhā, bhante, upādānanirodho; evaṃ no ettha hoti – taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho’’ti. ‘‘Vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodhoti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; vedanānirodhā nu kho, bhikkhave, taṇhānirodho, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Vedanānirodhā, bhante, taṇhānirodho; evaṃ no ettha hoti – vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho’’ti. ‘‘Phassanirodhā vedanānirodhoti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; phassanirodhā nu kho, bhikkhave, vedanānirodho, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Phassanirodhā, bhante, vedanānirodho; evaṃ no ettha hoti – phassanirodhā vedanānirodho’’ti. ‘‘Saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodhoti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; saḷāyatananirodhā nu kho, bhikkhave, phassanirodho, no vā , kathaṃ vā ettha hotīti? Saḷāyatananirodhā, bhante, phassanirodho; evaṃ no ettha hoti – saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho’’ti. ‘‘Nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodhoti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; nāmarūpanirodhā nu kho, bhikkhave, saḷāyatananirodho, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Nāmarūpanirodhā, bhante, saḷāyatananirodho; evaṃ no ettha hoti – nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho’’ti. ‘‘Viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodhoti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; viññāṇanirodhā nu kho, bhikkhave, nāmarūpanirodho, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Viññāṇanirodhā, bhante, nāmarūpanirodho; evaṃ no ettha hoti – viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho’’ti. ‘‘Saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodhoti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; saṅkhāranirodhā nu kho, bhikkhave, viññāṇanirodho, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Saṅkhāranirodhā, bhante , viññāṇanirodho; evaṃ no ettha hoti – saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho’’ti. ‘‘Avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodhoti iti kho panetaṃ vuttaṃ; avijjānirodhā nu kho, bhikkhave, saṅkhāranirodho, no vā, kathaṃ vā ettha hotī’’ti? ‘‘Avijjānirodhā, bhante, saṅkhāranirodho; evaṃ no ettha hoti – avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho’’ti.
「『由于生灭,老死灭』,这确实已如此说;诸比库,由于生灭,老死灭吗,或不,在此如何呢?」「尊者,由于生灭,老死灭;我们在此如此认为——由于生灭,老死灭。」「『由于有灭,生灭』,这确实已如此说;诸比库,由于有灭,生灭吗,或不,在此如何呢?」「尊者,由于有灭,生灭;我们在此如此认为——由于有灭,生灭。」「『由于取灭,有灭』,这确实已如此说;诸比库,由于取灭,有灭吗,或不,在此如何呢?」「尊者,由于取灭,有灭;我们在此如此认为——由于取灭,有灭。」「『由于渴爱灭,取灭』,这确实已如此说;诸比库,由于渴爱灭,取灭吗,或不,在此如何呢?」「尊者,由于渴爱灭,取灭;我们在此如此认为——由于渴爱灭,取灭。」「『由于受灭,渴爱灭』,这确实已如此说;诸比库,由于受灭,渴爱灭吗,或不,在此如何呢?」「尊者,由于受灭,渴爱灭;我们在此如此认为——由于受灭,渴爱灭。」「『由于触灭,受灭』,这确实已如此说;诸比库,由于触灭,受灭吗,或不,在此如何呢?」「尊者,由于触灭,受灭;我们在此如此认为——由于触灭,受灭。」「『由于六处灭,触灭』,这确实已如此说;诸比库,由于六处灭,触灭吗,或不,在此如何呢?」「尊者,由于六处灭,触灭;我们在此如此认为——由于六处灭,触灭。」「『由于名色灭,六处灭』,这确实已如此说;诸比库,由于名色灭,六处灭吗,或不,在此如何呢?」「尊者,由于名色灭,六处灭;我们在此如此认为——由于名色灭,六处灭。」「『由于识灭,名色灭』,这确实已如此说;诸比库,由于识灭,名色灭吗,或不,在此如何呢?」「尊者,由于识灭,名色灭;我们在此如此认为——由于识灭,名色灭。」「『由于行灭,识灭』,这确实已如此说;诸比库,由于行灭,识灭吗,或不,在此如何呢?」「尊者,由于行灭,识灭;我们在此如此认为——由于行灭,识灭。」「『由于无明灭,行灭』,这确实已如此说;诸比库,由于无明灭,行灭吗,或不,在此如何呢?」「尊者,由于无明灭,行灭;我们在此如此认为——由于无明灭,行灭。」
§406
‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave. Iti kho, bhikkhave, tumhepi evaṃ vadetha, ahampi evaṃ vadāmi – imasmiṃ asati idaṃ na hoti, imassa nirodhā idaṃ nirujjhati, yadidaṃ – avijjānirodhā saṅkhāranirodho, saṅkhāranirodhā viññāṇanirodho, viññāṇanirodhā nāmarūpanirodho, nāmarūpanirodhā saḷāyatananirodho, saḷāyatananirodhā phassanirodho, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho, vedanānirodhā taṇhānirodho, taṇhānirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti.
「善哉,诸比库。诸比库,如此,你们也如此说,我也如此说——此无故彼无,此灭故彼灭,即是:由于无明灭,行灭;由于行灭,识灭;由于识灭,名色灭;由于名色灭,六处灭;由于六处灭,触灭;由于触灭,受灭;由于受灭,渴爱灭;由于渴爱灭,取灭;由于取灭,有灭;由于有灭,生灭;由于生灭,老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭。如此,这整个苦蕴灭。」
§407
‘‘Api nu tumhe, bhikkhave, evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā pubbantaṃ vā paṭidhāveyyātha – ‘ahesumha nu kho mayaṃ atītamaddhānaṃ, nanu kho ahesumha atītamaddhānaṃ, kiṃ nu kho ahesumha atītamaddhānaṃ, kathaṃ nu kho ahesumha atītamaddhānaṃ, kiṃ hutvā kiṃ ahesumha nu kho mayaṃ atītamaddhāna’’’nti?
「诸比库,你们如此知、如此见,会追溯过去吗——『我们在过去时存在吗,或我们在过去时不存在吗,我们在过去时是什么,我们在过去时如何,我们在过去时曾是什么后来成为什么』?」
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「尊者,不会。」
‘‘Api nu tumhe, bhikkhave, evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā aparantaṃ vā paṭidhāveyyātha – bhavissāma nu kho mayaṃ anāgatamaddhānaṃ, nanu kho bhavissāma anāgatamaddhānaṃ, kiṃ nu kho bhavissāma anāgatamaddhānaṃ, kathaṃ nu kho bhavissāma anāgatamaddhānaṃ, kiṃ hutvā kiṃ bhavissāma nu kho mayaṃ anāgatamaddhāna’’nti?
「诸比库,你们如此知、如此见,会追溯未来吗——『我们在未来时将存在吗,或我们在未来时将不存在吗,我们在未来时将是什么,我们在未来时将如何,我们在未来时将是什么后来成为什么』?」
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「尊者,不会。」
‘‘Api nu tumhe, bhikkhave, evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā etarahi vā paccuppannamaddhānaṃ ajjhattaṃ kathaṃkathī assatha – ahaṃ nu khosmi, no nu khosmi, kiṃ nu khosmi, kathaṃ nu khosmi, ayaṃ nu kho satto kuto āgato, so kuhiṃgāmī bhavissatī’’ti?
「诸比库,你们如此知、如此见,现在对于现在时会内心疑惑吗——『我存在吗,或我不存在吗,我是什么,我如何,这个有情从何而来,他将去往何处』?」
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「尊者,不会。」
‘‘Api nu tumhe, bhikkhave, evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā evaṃ vadeyyātha – satthā no garu, satthugāravena ca mayaṃ evaṃ vademā’’ti?
「诸比库!你们如此知、如此见,会如此说吗——『我们的导师应受尊敬,出于对导师的尊敬,我们才如此说』?」
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「世尊!确实不会。」
‘‘Api nu tumhe, bhikkhave, evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā evaṃ vadeyyātha – samaṇo evamāha, samaṇā ca nāma mayaṃ evaṃ vademā’’ti?
「诸比库!你们如此知、如此见,会如此说吗——『沙门如此说,我们名为沙门,所以才如此说』?」
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「世尊!确实不会。」
‘‘Api nu tumhe, bhikkhave, evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā aññaṃ satthāraṃ uddiseyyāthā’’ti?
「诸比库!你们如此知、如此见,会指向另一位导师吗?」
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「世尊!确实不会。」
‘‘Api nu tumhe, bhikkhave, evaṃ jānantā evaṃ passantā yāni tāni puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ vata kotūhalamaṅgalāni tāni sārato paccāgaccheyyāthā’’ti?
「诸比库!你们如此知、如此见,会回归那些诸外道沙门婆罗门的种种祭祀吉祥仪式为核心吗?」
‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
「世尊!确实不会。」
‘‘Nanu, bhikkhave, yadeva tumhākaṃ sāmaṃ ñātaṃ sāmaṃ diṭṭhaṃ sāmaṃ viditaṃ, tadeva tumhe vadethā’’ti.
「诸比库,你们不是只说你们自己所知、自己所见、自己所了知的吗?」
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’.
是的,尊者。
‘‘Sādhu, bhikkhave, upanītā kho me tumhe, bhikkhave, iminā sandiṭṭhikena dhammena akālikena ehipassikena opaneyyikena paccattaṃ veditabbena viññūhi. Sandiṭṭhiko ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhi – iti yantaṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vutta’’nti.
「诸比库,善哉!诸比库,你们已被我以此现见的、即时的、来见的、导向的、智者应各自证知的法所引导。诸比库,此法是现见的、即时的、来见的、导向的、智者应各自证知的——如此所说者,缘此而说。」
§408
‘‘Tiṇṇaṃ kho pana, bhikkhave, sannipātā gabbhassāvakkanti hoti. Idha mātāpitaro ca sannipatitā honti, mātā ca na utunī hoti, gandhabbo ca na paccupaṭṭhito hoti, neva tāva gabbhassāvakkanti hoti. Idha mātāpitaro ca sannipatitā honti, mātā ca utunī hoti, gandhabbo ca na paccupaṭṭhito hoti, neva tāva gabbhassāvakkanti hoti. Yato ca kho, bhikkhave, mātāpitaro ca sannipatitā honti, mātā ca utunī hoti, gandhabbo ca paccupaṭṭhito hoti – evaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sannipātā gabbhassāvakkanti hoti. Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, mātā nava vā dasa vā māse gabbhaṃ kucchinā pariharati mahatā saṃsayena garubhāraṃ . Tamenaṃ, bhikkhave, mātā navannaṃ vā dasannaṃ vā māsānaṃ accayena vijāyati mahatā saṃsayena garubhāraṃ. Tamenaṃ jātaṃ samānaṃ sakena lohitena poseti. Lohitañhetaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyassa vinaye yadidaṃ mātuthaññaṃ. Sa kho so, bhikkhave, kumāro vuddhimanvāya indriyānaṃ paripākamanvāya yāni tāni kumārakānaṃ kīḷāpanakāni tehi kīḷati, seyyathidaṃ – vaṅkakaṃ ghaṭikaṃ mokkhacikaṃ ciṅgulakaṃ pattāḷhakaṃ rathakaṃ dhanukaṃ. Sa kho so, bhikkhave, kumāro vuddhimanvāya indriyānaṃ paripākamanvāya pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappito samaṅgībhūto paricāreti – cakkhuviññeyyehi rūpehi iṭṭhehi kantehi manāpehi piyarūpehi kāmūpasaṃhitehi rajanīyehi, sotaviññeyyehi saddehi… ghānaviññeyyehi gandhehi… jivhāviññeyyehi rasehi… kāyaviññeyyehi phoṭṭhabbehi iṭṭhehi kantehi manāpehi piyarūpehi kāmūpasaṃhitehi rajanīyehi.
诸比库,由于三者的和合,入胎才会发生。在此,父母和合,但母亲不在经期,而且乾达婆也未现前,这样入胎就不会发生。在此,父母和合,母亲在经期,但乾达婆未现前,这样入胎也不会发生。诸比库,当父母和合,母亲在经期,而且乾达婆也现前时,这样由于三者的和合,入胎才会发生。诸比库,母亲以极大的危险怀着重担,在腹中怀胎九个月或十个月。诸比库,母亲在九个月或十个月过后,以极大的危险怀着重担而生产。她用自己的血来养育所生的孩子。诸比库,在圣者之律中,母乳就是血。诸比库,那个孩子随着成长,随着诸根的成熟,用那些孩童的玩具来玩耍,即:小犁、棍子、翻筋斗、风车、叶尺、小车、小弓。诸比库,那个孩子随着成长,随着诸根的成熟,具备、具足五种欲功德而享受:眼所识之色,令人喜爱的、可意的、合意的、可爱的形色、与欲相应的、能引发贪染的;耳所识之声……鼻所识之香……舌所识之味……身所识之触,令人喜爱的、可意的、合意的、可爱的形色、与欲相应的、能引发贪染的。
§409
‘‘So cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe sārajjati, appiyarūpe rūpe byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyasati ca viharati parittacetaso. Tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti – yatthassa te pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti. So evaṃ anurodhavirodhaṃ samāpanno yaṃ kiñci vedanaṃ vedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, so taṃ vedanaṃ abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati. Tassa taṃ vedanaṃ abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandī . Yā vedanāsu nandī tadupādānaṃ, tassupādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā…pe… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā…pe… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme sārajjati, appiyarūpe dhamme byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyasati ca viharati parittacetaso. Tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ nappajānāti – yatthassa te pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti. So evaṃ anurodhavirodhaṃ samāpanno yaṃ kiñci vedanaṃ vedeti sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, so taṃ vedanaṃ abhinandati abhivadati ajjhosāya tiṭṭhati. Tassa taṃ vedanaṃ abhinandato abhivadato ajjhosāya tiṭṭhato uppajjati nandī. Yā vedanāsu nandī tadupādānaṃ, tassupādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā sambhavanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti.
他以眼见色后,对可喜之色贪著,对不可喜之色嗔恚,且住于身念不现前、小心。他不如实了知那心解脱、慧解脱——在那里,他的那些恶不善法无余灭尽。他如是达到随顺与违逆,无论感受什么受——或乐或苦或不苦不乐,他欢喜那受、欢迎、执持而住。当他欢喜那受、欢迎、执持而住时,欢喜生起。凡对诸受的欢喜即是取,以他的取为缘而有有,以有为缘而有生,以生为缘而有老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。如是有这整个苦蕴的集起。以耳闻声后……以鼻嗅香后……以舌尝味后……以身触所触后……以意识法后,对可喜之法贪著,对不可喜之法嗔恚,且住于身念不现前、小心。他不如实了知那心解脱、慧解脱——在那里,他的那些恶不善法无余灭尽。他如是达到随顺与违逆,无论感受什么受——或乐或苦或不苦不乐,他欢喜那受、欢迎、执持而住。当他欢喜那受、欢迎、执持而住时,欢喜生起。凡对诸受的欢喜即是取,以他的取为缘而有有,以有为缘而有生,以生为缘而有老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼生起。如是有这整个苦蕴的集起。
§410
‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā. So imaṃ lokaṃ sadevakaṃ samārakaṃ sabrahmakaṃ sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiṃ pajaṃ sadevamanussaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedeti. So dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ; kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāseti. Taṃ dhammaṃ suṇāti gahapati vā gahapatiputto vā aññatarasmiṃ vā kule paccājāto. So taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā tathāgate saddhaṃ paṭilabhati. So tena saddhāpaṭilābhena samannāgato iti paṭisañcikkhati – ‘sambādho gharāvāso rajāpatho, abbhokāso pabbajjā. Nayidaṃ sukaraṃ agāraṃ ajjhāvasatā ekantaparipuṇṇaṃ ekantaparisuddhaṃ saṅkhalikhitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ carituṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kesamassuṃ ohāretvā, kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā, agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajeyya’’’nti. So aparena samayena appaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya, mahantaṃ vā bhogakkhandhaṃ pahāya, appaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya, mahantaṃ vā ñātiparivaṭṭaṃ pahāya, kesamassuṃ ohāretvā, kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā, agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati.
诸比库,在此,如来出现于世间,是阿拉汉、正自觉者、明行具足、善至、世间解、无上士、调御丈夫、天人师、佛、世尊。他以自己的证智亲证后,宣说这包括天、魔、梵天的世间,包括沙门、婆罗门、天、人的众生界。他教导初善、中善、后善的法,有义、有文,宣示完全圆满、遍净的梵行。家主或家主之子或生于其他族姓者听闻那法。他听闻那法后,对如来获得信心。具足那所获得的信心,他如此省察:「在家生活是障碍,是尘垢之道;出家是空旷处。住在家中不容易行完全圆满、完全清净、如磨光的海螺般的梵行。我何不剃除须发,披上袈裟衣,从在家出家成为非家呢?」他在其后的时候,舍弃少量的财富积聚或舍弃大量的财富积聚,舍弃少量的亲属圈或舍弃大量的亲属圈,剃除须发,披上袈裟衣,从在家出家成为非家。
§411
‘‘So evaṃ pabbajito samāno bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati.
「如是出家后,他具足比库们的学处与生活,舍离杀生,离杀生,已放下棍棒,已放下刀剑,有惭,具悲悯,对一切有息生类怀有利益与悲悯而住。
‘‘Adinnādānaṃ pahāya adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, dinnādāyī dinnapāṭikaṅkhī athenena sucibhūtena attanā viharati.
舍断不与取,他离不与取,是与取者,期待所与,以不盗取、清净的自己而住。
‘‘Abrahmacariyaṃ pahāya brahmacārī hoti, ārācārī virato methunā gāmadhammā.
「舍断非梵行,他成为梵行者,远离而住,离淫欲之俗法。
‘‘Musāvādaṃ pahāya musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, saccavādī saccasandho theto paccayiko avisaṃvādako lokassa.
「舍断妄语,他离妄语,是真实语者、真实的结合者、坚固者、可信赖者、对世间不欺诳者。
‘‘Pisuṇaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pisuṇāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti – ito sutvā na amutra akkhātā imesaṃ bhedāya, amutra vā sutvā na imesaṃ akkhātā amūsaṃ bhedāya. Iti bhinnānaṃ vā sandhātā, sahitānaṃ vā anuppadātā samaggārāmo samaggarato samagganandī, samaggakaraṇiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
「舍断两舌,他离两舌——从此处听到的不在彼处说以破坏这些人,或从彼处听到的不对这些人说以破坏那些人。如此,他是分裂者的结合者,或和合者的促进者,乐于和合、喜好和合、欢喜和合,说促成和合之语。
‘‘Pharusaṃ vācaṃ pahāya pharusāya vācāya paṭivirato hoti – yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.
「舍断粗恶语,他离粗恶语——凡是柔和的、悦耳的、可爱的、动心的、优雅的、众人所喜的、众人所意乐的,他说如此之语。
‘‘Samphappalāpaṃ pahāya samphappalāpā paṭivirato hoti, kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī, nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā kālena, sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ.
「舍断杂秽语,他离杂秽语,是适时语者、真实语者、利益语者、法语者、律语者,说有价值之语,适时的、有理由的、有限度的、与利益相应的。
‘‘So bījagāmabhūtagāmasamārambhā paṭivirato hoti, ekabhattiko hoti rattūparato, virato vikālabhojanā. Naccagītavāditavisūkadassanā paṭivirato hoti, mālāgandhavilepanadhāraṇamaṇḍanavibhūsanaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti, uccāsayanamahāsayanā paṭivirato hoti, jātarūparajatapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, āmakadhaññapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, āmakamaṃsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, itthikumārikapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, dāsidāsapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, ajeḷakapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, kukkuṭasūkarapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, hatthigavāssavaḷavapaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, khettavatthupaṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti, dūteyyapahiṇagamanānuyogā paṭivirato hoti, kayavikkayā paṭivirato hoti, tulākūṭakaṃsakūṭamānakūṭā paṭivirato hoti, ukkoṭanavañcana-nikati-sāciyogā paṭivirato hoti, chedana-vadhabandhanaviparāmosa-ālopa-sahasākārā paṭivirato hoti .
「他离伤害种子类、植物类,是一日一食者,夜间停止,离非时食。他离观听歌舞音乐表演,离持花鬘、香、涂香及装饰、庄严之具,离高床、大床,离接受金银,离接受生谷,离接受生肉,离接受妇女、童女,离接受婢女、奴仆,离接受山羊、绵羊,离接受鸡、猪,离接受象、牛、马、骡,离接受田地、宅地,离从事送信、使者之行,离买卖,离秤欺诈、伪币、伪量,离贿赂、欺骗、诈欺、狡诈之行,离断截、杀害、捆绑、抢夺、掠夺、强暴之行。
‘‘So santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. So yena yeneva pakkamati samādāyeva pakkamati . Seyyathāpi nāma pakkhī sakuṇo yena yeneva ḍeti sapattabhārova ḍeti, evameva bhikkhu santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena, kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena. So yena yeneva pakkamati samādāyeva pakkamati. So iminā ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ anavajjasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
「他以护身之衣、护腹之钵食为满足。他无论去何处,只携带这些而去。譬如有翼之鸟,无论飞往何处,只以翅膀之负担而飞;如是,比库以护身之衣、护腹之钵食为满足。他无论去何处,只携带这些而去。他具备此圣戒蕴,于内感受无过失之乐。
‘‘So cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā…pe… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā…pe… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī hoti nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjati, rakkhati manindriyaṃ manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjati. So iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
「他以眼见色后,不取相,不取随相。因为若住于不防护此眼根者,贪忧、诸恶不善法会流入,他为其防护而行道,保护眼根,在眼根上达到防护。以耳听声后……以鼻嗅香后……以舌尝味后……以身触所触后……以意识法后,不取相,不取随相。因为若住于不防护此意根者,贪忧、诸恶不善法会流入,他为其防护而行道,保护意根,在意根上达到防护。他具备此圣根律仪,于内感受无染之乐。
‘‘So abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti , samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti.
「他在前进、后退时是正知于行者,在前视、旁视时是正知于行者,在屈、伸时是正知于行者,在持桑喀帝、钵与衣时是正知于行者,在食、饮、嚼、尝时是正知于行者,在大小便利时是正知于行者,在行、住、坐、卧、醒、语、默时是正知于行者。」
§412
‘‘So iminā ca ariyena sīlakkhandhena samannāgato, (imāya ca ariyāya santuṭṭhiyā samannāgato) , iminā ca ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato, iminā ca ariyena satisampajaññena samannāgato, vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati – araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanapatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ. So pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā, ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya, parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. So abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṃ parisodheti; byāpādapadosaṃ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī, byāpādapadosā cittaṃ parisodheti; thīnamiddhaṃ pahāya vigatathīnamiddho viharati ālokasaññī, sato sampajāno, thīnamiddhā cittaṃ parisodheti; uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahāya anuddhato viharati ajjhattaṃ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti; vicikicchaṃ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati akathaṃkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṃ parisodheti.
「他具备此圣戒蕴,(具备此圣知足),具备此圣根律仪,具备此圣念与正知,亲近远离的住所——森林、树下、山岳、山洞、山窟、冢间、林丛、露地、稻草堆。他在午后,从托钵乞食返回,结跏趺坐,保持身体正直,使念现起于面前。他舍断世间的贪,以离贪之心而住,从贪净化其心;舍断嗔恨恼害,以无嗔之心而住,对一切有情众生怀有慈悯,从嗔恨恼害净化其心;舍断昏沉睡眠,以离昏沉睡眠而住,具光明想,具念、正知,从昏沉睡眠净化其心;舍断掉举追悔,以不掉举而住,内心寂静,从掉举追悔净化其心;舍断疑,以度脱疑而住,对诸善法无疑惑,从疑净化其心。」
§413
‘‘So ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ…pe… catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati.
「他舍断这五盖——心的随烦恼、慧的弱化者——远离诸欲,远离诸不善法,有寻、有伺,离生喜乐,证入初禅而住。再者,诸比库,比库以寻伺的止息,内净,心一境性,无寻、无伺,定生喜乐,证入第二禅……第三禅……第四禅而住。」
§414
‘‘So cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe na sārajjati, appiyarūpe rūpe na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyasati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso. Tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti – yatthassa te pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti. So evaṃ anurodhavirodhavippahīno yaṃ kiñci vedanaṃ vedeti, sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, so taṃ vedanaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati. Tassa taṃ vedanaṃ anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato yā vedanāsu nandī sā nirujjhati. Tassa nandīnirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā…pe… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā…pe… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya piyarūpe dhamme na sārajjati, appiyarūpe dhamme na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyasati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso, tañca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti – yatthassa te pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti. So evaṃ anurodhavirodhavippahīno yaṃ kiñci vedanaṃ vedeti, sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā, so taṃ vedanaṃ nābhinandati nābhivadati nājjhosāya tiṭṭhati. Tassa taṃ vedanaṃ anabhinandato anabhivadato anajjhosāya tiṭṭhato yā vedanāsu nandī sā nirujjhati. Tassa nandīnirodhā upādānanirodho, upādānanirodhā bhavanirodho, bhavanirodhā jātinirodho, jātinirodhā jarāmaraṇaṃ sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā nirujjhanti. Evametassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa nirodho hoti. Imaṃ kho me tumhe, bhikkhave, saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimuttiṃ dhāretha, sātiṃ pana bhikkhuṃ kevaṭṭaputtaṃ mahātaṇhājālataṇhāsaṅghāṭappaṭimukka’’nti.
「他以眼见色后,对可喜之色不贪著,对不可喜之色不嗔恚,现起身念而住,心无量。他如实了知那心解脱、慧解脱——在那里,他的那些恶不善法无余灭尽。他如此舍断随顺与违逆,无论感受何种受——乐或苦或不苦不乐,他不欢喜那受,不赞同,不执取而住。当他不欢喜那受,不赞同,不执取而住时,对诸受的欢喜灭尽。由于他欢喜的灭尽而取灭,由取灭而有灭,由有灭而生灭,由生灭而老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭尽。如此,这整个苦蕴灭尽。以耳闻声……以鼻嗅香……以舌尝味……以身触所触……以意识法后,对可喜之法不贪著,对不可喜之法不嗔恚,现起身念而住,心无量,他如实了知那心解脱、慧解脱——在那里,他的那些恶不善法无余灭尽。他如此舍断随顺与违逆,无论感受何种受——乐或苦或不苦不乐,他不欢喜那受,不赞同,不执取而住。当他不欢喜那受,不赞同,不执取而住时,对诸受的欢喜灭尽。由于他欢喜的灭尽而取灭,由取灭而有灭,由有灭而生灭,由生灭而老死、愁、悲、苦、忧、恼灭尽。如此,这整个苦蕴灭尽。诸比库,你们应忆持这简要的渴爱灭尽解脱,但比库沙帝——渔夫之子,却被大渴爱网、渴爱聚所缠缚。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
世尊如此说。那些比库心满意足,欢喜世尊所说。
Mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ. · 大渴爱灭尽经完 第八
9. Mahāassapurasuttaṃ9. 大阿萨普拉经
§415
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā aṅgesu viharati assapuraṃ nāma aṅgānaṃ nigamo. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
如是我闻——一时,世尊住在盎嘎国,名为阿沙普拉的盎嘎人城镇。在那里,世尊称呼诸比库:「诸比库。」「尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊如此说:
‘‘Samaṇā samaṇāti vo, bhikkhave, jano sañjānāti. Tumhe ca pana ‘ke tumhe’ti puṭṭhā samānā ‘samaṇāmhā’ti paṭijānātha; tesaṃ vo, bhikkhave, evaṃsamaññānaṃ sataṃ evaṃpaṭiññānaṃ sataṃ ‘ye dhammā samaṇakaraṇā ca brāhmaṇakaraṇā ca te dhamme samādāya vattissāma, evaṃ no ayaṃ amhākaṃ samaññā ca saccā bhavissati paṭiññā ca bhūtā. Yesañca mayaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuñjāma, tesaṃ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsā, amhākañcevāyaṃ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā saudrayā’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.
「诸比库,人们认为你们是『沙门、沙门』。而你们被问『你们是谁』时,也承认『我们是沙门』。诸比库,对于你们这样被称呼者、这样承认者,『我们将受持并实行那些成为沙门之法与成为婆罗门之法,如此,我们的这个称呼将是真实的,承认将是如实的。而那些我们受用衣、食、住所、病者所需医药资具的人们,他们对我们的供养将有大果报、大利益,我们的出家将不空过,有果实、有成就』——诸比库,你们应当如此学。」
§416
‘‘Katame ca, bhikkhave, dhammā samaṇakaraṇā ca brāhmaṇakaraṇā ca? ‘Hirottappena samannāgatā bhavissāmā’ti evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ. Siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘hirottappenamha samannāgatā , alamettāvatā katamettāvatā, anuppatto no sāmaññattho, natthi no kiñci uttariṃ karaṇīya’nti tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhiṃ āpajjeyyātha. Ārocayāmi vo, bhikkhave , paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave – ‘mā vo sāmaññatthikānaṃ sataṃ sāmaññattho parihāyi, sati uttariṃ karaṇīye’.
「诸比库,什么是成为沙门之法与成为婆罗门之法呢?『我们将具备惭与愧』——诸比库,你们应当如此学。诸比库,然而,你们可能会这样想:『我们具备惭与愧,仅此已足够,仅此已完成,沙门的目标已达到,我们没有更进一步应作的』,你们可能仅以此为满足。诸比库,我告诉你们,诸比库,我宣说给你们:『你们这些以沙门目标为目的者,当有更进一步应作时,不要让沙门的目标失坏。』」
§417
‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, uttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ? ‘Parisuddho no kāyasamācāro bhavissati uttāno vivaṭo na ca chiddavā saṃvuto ca. Tāya ca pana parisuddhakāyasamācāratāya nevattānukkaṃsessāma na paraṃ vambhessāmā’ti evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ. Siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘hirottappenamha samannāgatā, parisuddho no kāyasamācāro; alamettāvatā katamettāvatā, anuppatto no sāmaññattho, natthi no kiñci uttariṃ karaṇīya’nti tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhiṃ āpajjeyyātha. Ārocayāmi vo, bhikkhave, paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave – ‘mā vo sāmaññatthikānaṃ sataṃ sāmaññattho parihāyi, sati uttariṃ karaṇīye’.
「诸比库,什么是更应作的?『我们的身行将清净、显露、开放、无破绽、防护。以那清净身行,我们既不自赞,也不毁他。』诸比库,你们应当这样学。诸比库,然而你们可能会这样想:『我们具足惭愧,我们的身行清净;仅此已足,仅此已作,我们已达沙门义,我们没有任何更应作的。』你们可能仅以此为满足。诸比库,我告诉你们,诸比库,我宣说给你们:『你们这些以沙门义为目的者,当有更应作时,不要失去沙门义。』
§418
‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, uttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ? ‘Parisuddho no vacīsamācāro bhavissati uttāno vivaṭo na ca chiddavā saṃvuto ca. Tāya ca pana parisuddhavacīsamācāratāya nevattānukkaṃsessāma na paraṃ vambhessāmā’ti evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ. Siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘hirottappenamha samannāgatā, parisuddho no kāyasamācāro, parisuddho vacīsamācāro; alamettāvatā katamettāvatā, anuppatto no sāmaññattho, natthi no kiñci uttariṃ karaṇīya’nti tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhiṃ āpajjeyyātha. Ārocayāmi vo , bhikkhave, paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave – ‘mā vo sāmaññatthikānaṃ sataṃ sāmaññattho parihāyi, sati uttariṃ karaṇīye’.
「诸比库,什么是更应作的?『我们的语行将清净、显露、开放、无破绽、防护。以那清净语行,我们既不自赞,也不毁他。』诸比库,你们应当这样学。诸比库,然而你们可能会这样想:『我们具足惭愧,我们的身行清净,语行清净;仅此已足,仅此已作,我们已达沙门义,我们没有任何更应作的。』你们可能仅以此为满足。诸比库,我告诉你们,诸比库,我宣说给你们:『你们这些以沙门义为目的者,当有更应作时,不要失去沙门义。』
§419
‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, uttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ? ‘Parisuddho no manosamācāro bhavissati uttāno vivaṭo na ca chiddavā saṃvuto ca. Tāya ca pana parisuddhamanosamācāratāya nevattānukkaṃsessāma na paraṃ vambhessāmā’ti evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ. Siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘hirottappenamha samannāgatā, parisuddho no kāyasamācāro, parisuddho vacīsamācāro, parisuddho manosamācāro; alamettāvatā katamettāvatā, anuppatto no sāmaññattho, natthi no kiñci uttariṃ karaṇīya’nti tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhiṃ āpajjeyyātha. Ārocayāmi vo, bhikkhave, paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave – ‘mā vo sāmaññatthikānaṃ sataṃ sāmaññattho parihāyi, sati uttariṃ karaṇīye’.
「诸比库,什么是更应作的?『我们的意行将清净、显露、开放、无破绽、防护。以那清净意行,我们既不自赞,也不毁他。』诸比库,你们应当这样学。诸比库,然而你们可能会这样想:『我们具足惭愧,我们的身行清净,语行清净,意行清净;仅此已足,仅此已作,我们已达沙门义,我们没有任何更应作的。』你们可能仅以此为满足。诸比库,我告诉你们,诸比库,我宣说给你们:『你们这些以沙门义为目的者,当有更应作时,不要失去沙门义。』
§420
‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, uttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ? ‘Parisuddho no ājīvo bhavissati uttāno vivaṭo na ca chiddavā saṃvuto ca. Tāya ca pana parisuddhājīvatāya nevattānukkaṃsessāma na paraṃ vambhessāmā’ti evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ. Siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘hirottappenamha samannāgatā, parisuddho no kāyasamācāro, parisuddho vacīsamācāro, parisuddho manosamācāro, parisuddho ājīvo; alamettāvatā katamettāvatā, anuppatto no sāmaññattho , natthi no kiñci uttariṃ karaṇīya’nti tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhiṃ āpajjeyyātha. Ārocayāmi vo, bhikkhave, paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave – ‘mā vo sāmaññatthikānaṃ sataṃ sāmaññattho parihāyi, sati uttariṃ karaṇīye’.
「诸比库,什么是更应作的?『我们的活命将清净、显露、开放、无破绽、防护。以那清净活命,我们既不自赞,也不毁他。』诸比库,你们应当这样学。诸比库,然而你们可能会这样想:『我们具足惭愧,我们的身行清净,语行清净,意行清净,活命清净;仅此已足,仅此已作,我们已达沙门义,我们没有任何更应作的。』你们可能仅以此为满足。诸比库,我告诉你们,诸比库,我宣说给你们:『你们这些以沙门义为目的者,当有更应作时,不要失去沙门义。』
§421
‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, uttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ? ‘Indriyesu guttadvārā bhavissāma; cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjissāma, rakkhissāma cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjissāma. Sotena saddaṃ sutvā…pe… ghānena gandhaṃ ghāyitvā…pe… jivhāya rasaṃ sāyitvā…pe… kāyena phoṭṭhabbaṃ phusitvā…pe… manasā dhammaṃ viññāya na nimittaggāhī nānubyañjanaggāhī. Yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ manindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ, tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjissāma, rakkhissāma manindriyaṃ, manindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjissāmā’ti evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ. Siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘hirottappenamha samannāgatā, parisuddho no kāyasamācāro, parisuddho vacīsamācāro, parisuddho manosamācāro, parisuddho ājīvo, indriyesumha guttadvārā; alamettāvatā katamettāvatā, anuppatto no sāmaññattho, natthi no kiñci uttariṃ karaṇīya’nti tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhiṃ āpajjeyyātha. Ārocayāmi vo, bhikkhave, paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave – ‘mā vo sāmaññatthikānaṃ sataṃ sāmaññattho parihāyi, sati uttariṃ karaṇīye’.
「诸比库,什么是更应作的?『我们将守护诸根门;以眼见色后,不取相,不取随相。因为若住于不防护此眼根者,贪忧、诸恶不善法会流入,我们将为其防护而行道,守护眼根,在眼根上达到防护。以耳闻声后……以鼻嗅香后……以舌尝味后……以身触所触后……以意识法后,不取相,不取随相。因为若住于不防护此意根者,贪忧、诸恶不善法会流入,我们将为其防护而行道,守护意根,在意根上达到防护。』诸比库,你们应当这样学。诸比库,然而你们可能会这样想:『我们具足惭愧,我们的身行清净,语行清净,意行清净,活命清净,我们守护诸根门;仅此已足,仅此已作,我们已达沙门义,我们没有任何更应作的。』你们可能仅以此为满足。诸比库,我告诉你们,诸比库,我宣说给你们:『你们这些以沙门义为目的者,当有更应作时,不要失去沙门义。』
§422
‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, uttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ? ‘Bhojane mattaññuno bhavissāma, paṭisaṅkhā yoniso āhāraṃ āharissāma, neva davāya na madāya na maṇḍanāya na vibhūsanāya yāvadeva imassa kāyassa ṭhitiyā yāpanāya, vihiṃsūparatiyā, brahmacariyānuggahāya, iti purāṇañca vedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāma navañca vedanaṃ na uppādessāma, yātrā ca no bhavissati, anavajjatā ca, phāsu vihāro cā’ti evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ. Siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘hirottappenamha samannāgatā, parisuddho no kāyasamācāro, parisuddho vacīsamācāro, parisuddho manosamācāro, parisuddho ājīvo, indriyesumha guttadvārā, bhojane mattaññuno; alamettāvatā katamettāvatā, anuppatto no sāmaññattho, natthi no kiñci uttariṃ karaṇīya’nti tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhiṃ āpajjeyyātha. Ārocayāmi vo, bhikkhave, paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave – ‘mā vo, sāmaññatthikānaṃ sataṃ sāmaññattho parihāyi sati uttariṃ karaṇīye’.
「诸比库,什么是更应作的?『我们将于食知量,如理省察而食用食物,不为嬉戏,不为骄慢,不为装饰,不为庄严,只是为了此身的住立、存续,为了止害,为了资助梵行,如此:我们将消除旧受,不生起新受,我们将有存续、无过、安住。』诸比库,你们应当这样学。诸比库,然而你们可能会这样想:『我们具足惭愧,我们的身行清净,语行清净,意行清净,活命清净,我们守护诸根门,我们于食知量;仅此已足,仅此已作,我们已达沙门义,我们没有任何更应作的。』你们可能仅以此为满足。诸比库,我告诉你们,诸比库,我宣说给你们:『你们这些以沙门义为目的者,当有更应作时,不要失去沙门义。』
§423
‘‘Kiñca , bhikkhave, uttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ? ‘Jāgariyaṃ anuyuttā bhavissāma, divasaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodhessāma. Rattiyā paṭhamaṃ yāmaṃ caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodhessāma. Rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappessāma pāde pādaṃ accādhāya, sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvā. Rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodhessāmā’ti, evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ. Siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘hirottappenamha samannāgatā, parisuddho no kāyasamācāro, parisuddho vacīsamācāro, parisuddho manosamācāro, parisuddho ājīvo, indriyesumha guttadvārā, bhojane mattaññuno, jāgariyaṃ anuyuttā; alamettāvatā katamettāvatā, anuppatto no sāmaññattho, natthi no kiñci uttariṃ karaṇīya’nti, tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhiṃ āpajjeyyātha. Ārocayāmi vo, bhikkhave, paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave – ‘mā vo, sāmaññatthikānaṃ sataṃ sāmaññattho parihāyi sati uttariṃ karaṇīye’.
「诸比库,什么是更应作的?『我们将勤修觉醒,日间以行走、坐卧净化心离诸障碍法。夜间初时段,以行走、坐卧净化心离诸障碍法。夜间中时段,以右胁作狮子卧,足足相叠,具念、正知,作意起来想。夜间后时段,起来后以行走、坐卧净化心离诸障碍法。』诸比库,你们应当这样学。诸比库,然而你们可能会这样想:『我们具足惭愧,我们的身行清净,语行清净,意行清净,活命清净,我们守护诸根门,我们于食知量,我们勤修觉醒;仅此已足,仅此已作,我们已达沙门义,我们没有任何更应作的。』你们可能仅以此为满足。诸比库,我告诉你们,诸比库,我宣说给你们:『你们这些以沙门义为目的者,当有更应作时,不要失去沙门义。』
§424
‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, uttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ? ‘Satisampajaññena samannāgatā bhavissāma, abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī’ti, evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ. Siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘hirottappenamha samannāgatā, parisuddho no kāyasamācāro, parisuddho vacīsamācāro, parisuddho manosamācāro, parisuddho ājīvo, indriyesumha guttadvārā, bhojane mattaññuno, jāgariyaṃ anuyuttā, satisampajaññena samannāgatā; alamettāvatā katamettāvatā, anuppatto no sāmaññattho, natthi no kiñci uttariṃ karaṇīya’nti tāvatakeneva tuṭṭhiṃ āpajjeyyātha. Ārocayāmi vo, bhikkhave, paṭivedayāmi vo, bhikkhave – ‘mā vo, sāmaññatthikānaṃ sataṃ sāmaññattho parihāyi sati uttariṃ karaṇīye’.
「诸比库,什么是更应作的?『我们将具足念与正知,在前进、后退时是正知而行者,在前视、旁视时是正知而行者,在屈、伸时是正知而行者,在持桑喀帝、钵、衣时是正知而行者,在食、饮、咀嚼、尝味时是正知而行者,在大小便利时是正知而行者,在行、住、坐、卧、醒、语、默时是正知而行者。』诸比库,你们应当这样学。诸比库,然而你们可能会这样想:『我们具足惭愧,我们的身行清净,语行清净,意行清净,活命清净,我们守护诸根门,我们于食知量,我们勤修觉醒,我们具足念与正知;仅此已足,仅此已作,我们已达沙门义,我们没有任何更应作的。』你们可能仅以此为满足。诸比库,我告诉你们,诸比库,我宣说给你们:『你们这些以沙门义为目的者,当有更应作时,不要失去沙门义。』
§425
‘‘Kiñca, bhikkhave, uttariṃ karaṇīyaṃ? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ bhajati – araññaṃ rukkhamūlaṃ pabbataṃ kandaraṃ giriguhaṃ susānaṃ vanappatthaṃ abbhokāsaṃ palālapuñjaṃ. So pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto nisīdati pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā, ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā. So abhijjhaṃ loke pahāya vigatābhijjhena cetasā viharati, abhijjhāya cittaṃ parisodheti; byāpādapadosaṃ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati, sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī , byāpādapadosā cittaṃ parisodheti; thīnamiddhaṃ pahāya vigatathīnamiddho viharati, ālokasaññī sato sampajāno, thīnamiddhā cittaṃ parisodheti; uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahāya anuddhato viharati , ajjhattaṃ vūpasantacitto, uddhaccakukkuccā cittaṃ parisodheti; vicikicchaṃ pahāya tiṇṇavicikiccho viharati, akathaṃkathī kusalesu dhammesu, vicikicchāya cittaṃ parisodheti.
「诸比库,什么是应进一步作的?诸比库,于此,比库亲近远离的住所——森林、树下、山岳、山洞、山窟、冢间、林丛、露地、稻草堆。他于午后,从行乞食归来,结跏趺坐,正直其身,现起面前之念。他舍断世间的贪,以离贪之心而住,从贪净化其心;舍断嗔恨恼害,以无嗔之心而住,怜愍一切有情众生,从嗔恨恼害净化其心;舍断昏沉睡眠,以离昏沉睡眠而住,具光明想、具念、正知,从昏沉睡眠净化其心;舍断掉举追悔,以不掉举而住,内心寂静,从掉举追悔净化其心;舍断疑,以度脱疑而住,于诸善法无疑惑,从疑净化其心。」
§426
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, puriso iṇaṃ ādāya kammante payojeyya. Tassa te kammantā samijjheyyuṃ . So yāni ca porāṇāni iṇamūlāni tāni ca byantī kareyya, siyā cassa uttariṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ dārabharaṇāya. Tassa evamassa – ‘ahaṃ kho pubbe iṇaṃ ādāya kammante payojesiṃ, tassa me te kammantā samijjhiṃsu. Sohaṃ yāni ca porāṇāni iṇamūlāni tāni ca byantī akāsiṃ, atthi ca me uttariṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ dārabharaṇāyā’ti. So tatonidānaṃ labhetha pāmojjaṃ, adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ.
「诸比库,譬如有人举债从事事业。他的那些事业成功了。他既偿还那些旧债本金,又有剩余以养活妻子。他如此想:『我以前举债从事事业,我的那些事业成功了。我既偿还了那些旧债本金,又有剩余以养活妻子。』他以此为因缘而获得欣悦,达到喜悦。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso ābādhiko assa dukkhito bāḷhagilāno, bhattañcassa nacchādeyya, na cassa kāye balamattā. So aparena samayena tamhā ābādhā mucceyya, bhattañcassa chādeyya, siyā cassa kāye balamattā. Tassa evamassa – ‘ahaṃ kho pubbe ābādhiko ahosiṃ dukkhito bāḷhagilāno, bhattañca me nacchādesi, na ca me āsi kāye balamattā, somhi etarahi tamhā ābādhā mutto, bhattañca me chādeti, atthi ca me kāye balamattā’ti. So tatonidānaṃ labhetha pāmojjaṃ, adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ.
「诸比库,譬如有人患病、痛苦、重病,食物不适合他,身体没有力量。他于后时从那病痊愈,食物适合他,身体有力量。他如此想:『我以前患病、痛苦、重病,食物不适合我,我身体没有力量,我现在从那病痊愈,食物适合我,我身体有力量。』他以此为因缘而获得欣悦,达到喜悦。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso bandhanāgāre baddho assa. So aparena samayena tamhā bandhanā mucceyya sotthinā abbhayena , na cassa kiñci bhogānaṃ vayo. Tassa evamassa – ‘ahaṃ kho pubbe bandhanāgāre baddho ahosiṃ, somhi etarahi tamhā bandhanā mutto, sotthinā abbhayena, natthi ca me kiñci bhogānaṃ vayo’ti. So tatonidānaṃ labhetha pāmojjaṃ, adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ.
「诸比库,譬如有人被囚禁在牢狱中。他于后时从那束缚中释放,安稳无畏,财物没有任何损失。他如此想:『我以前被囚禁在牢狱中,我现在从那束缚中释放,安稳无畏,我的财物没有任何损失。』他以此为因缘而获得欣悦,达到喜悦。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi , bhikkhave, puriso dāso assa anattādhīno parādhīno na yenakāmaṃgamo. So aparena samayena tamhā dāsabyā mucceyya attādhīno aparādhīno bhujisso yenakāmaṃgamo. Tassa evamassa – ‘ahaṃ kho pubbe dāso ahosiṃ anattādhīno parādhīno na yenakāmaṃgamo, somhi etarahi tamhā dāsabyā mutto attādhīno aparādhīno bhujisso yenakāmaṃgamo’ti. So tatonidānaṃ labhetha pāmojjaṃ, adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ.
「诸比库,譬如有人是奴隶,不能自主,依附他人,不能随意而行。他于后时从那奴隶状态中释放,能自主,不依附他人,是自由人,能随意而行。他如此想:『我以前是奴隶,不能自主,依附他人,不能随意而行,我现在从那奴隶状态中释放,能自主,不依附他人,是自由人,能随意而行。』他以此为因缘而获得欣悦,达到喜悦。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso sadhano sabhogo kantāraddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjeyya . So aparena samayena tamhā kantārā nitthareyya sotthinā abbhayena, na cassa kiñci bhogānaṃ vayo. Tassa evamassa – ‘ahaṃ kho pubbe sadhano sabhogo kantāraddhānamaggaṃ paṭipajjiṃ. Somhi etarahi tamhā kantārā nitthiṇṇo sotthinā abbhayena, natthi ca me kiñci bhogānaṃ vayo’ti. So tatonidānaṃ labhetha pāmojjaṃ, adhigaccheyya somanassaṃ.
「诸比库,譬如有人带着财物货品进入旷野险道。他于后时从那旷野脱出,安稳无畏,财物没有任何损失。他如此想:『我以前带着财物货品进入旷野险道。我现在从那旷野脱出,安稳无畏,我的财物没有任何损失。』他以此为因缘而获得欣悦,达到喜悦。」
‘‘Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu yathā iṇaṃ yathā rogaṃ yathā bandhanāgāraṃ yathā dāsabyaṃ yathā kantāraddhānamaggaṃ, ime pañca nīvaraṇe appahīne attani samanupassati. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, āṇaṇyaṃ yathā ārogyaṃ yathā bandhanāmokkhaṃ yathā bhujissaṃ yathā khemantabhūmiṃ; evameva bhikkhu ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahīne attani samanupassati.
「诸比库,如是,比库随观这五盖未舍断于自己,如同债务、如同疾病、如同牢狱、如同奴隶状态、如同旷野险道。诸比库,譬如无债、如同健康、如同从束缚中释放、如同自由人、如同安全之地;如是,比库随观这五盖已舍断于自己。」
§427
‘‘So ime pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe, vivicceva kāmehi vivicca akusalehi dhammehi, savitakkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ pītisukhaṃ paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva kāyaṃ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpakantevāsī vā kaṃsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṃ paripphosakaṃ sanneyya. Sāyaṃ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā, phuṭā snehena na ca pagghariṇī. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ vivekajena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa vivekajena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti.
「他舍断这五盖——心的随烦恼、慧的弱化者——离诸欲,离诸不善法,有寻、有伺,离生喜乐,成就初禅而住。他以离生之喜乐遍满此身、遍流、遍充、遍溢,他全身没有任何地方不被离生之喜乐所遍满。诸比库,譬如熟练的浴师或浴师的学徒,在铜盘中撒入浴粉,以水一再洒湿,使那浴粉团湿润、浸透,内外渗透,充满湿气而不滴落。诸比库,如是,比库以离生之喜乐遍满此身、遍流、遍充、遍溢,他全身没有任何地方不被离生之喜乐所遍满。」
§428
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vitakkavicārānaṃ vūpasamā ajjhattaṃ sampasādanaṃ cetaso ekodibhāvaṃ avitakkaṃ avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ pītisukhaṃ dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva kāyaṃ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, udakarahado ubbhidodako . Tassa nevassa puratthimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṃ, na pacchimāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṃ, na uttarāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṃ, na dakkhiṇāya disāya udakassa āyamukhaṃ, devo ca na kālena kālaṃ sammādhāraṃ anuppaveccheyya. Atha kho tamhāva udakarahadā sītā vāridhārā ubbhijjitvā tameva udakarahadaṃ sītena vārinā abhisandeyya parisandeyya paripūreyya paripphareyya, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato udakarahadassa sītena vārinā apphuṭaṃ assa. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ samādhijena pītisukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa samādhijena pītisukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti.
「复次,诸比库,比库以寻伺的平息,内净,心成一境,无寻无伺,由定而生喜乐,证得第二禅那而住。他以由定而生的喜乐遍满、遍流、遍充、遍溢此身,他全身没有任何地方不被由定而生的喜乐所遍满。诸比库,犹如有泉涌的水池,它的东方没有水的入口,西方没有水的入口,北方没有水的入口,南方没有水的入口,天也不时常给予适当的雨水,但从那水池涌出清凉的水流,遍满、遍流、遍充、遍溢那水池,那水池全部没有任何地方不被清凉的水所遍满。同样地,诸比库,比库以由定而生的喜乐遍满、遍流、遍充、遍溢此身,他全身没有任何地方不被由定而生的喜乐所遍满。」
§429
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pītiyā ca virāgā upekkhako ca viharati, sato ca sampajāno, sukhañca kāyena paṭisaṃvedeti, yaṃ taṃ ariyā ācikkhanti – ‘upekkhako satimā sukhavihārī’ti tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva kāyaṃ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, uppaliniyaṃ vā paduminiyaṃ vā puṇḍarīkiniyaṃ vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā udake jātāni udake saṃvaḍḍhāni udakānuggatāni antonimuggaposīni, tāni yāva caggā yāva ca mūlā sītena vārinā abhisannāni parisannāni paripūrāni paripphuṭāni, nāssa kiñci sabbāvataṃ uppalānaṃ vā padumānaṃ vā puṇḍarīkānaṃ vā sītena vārinā apphuṭaṃ assa. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ nippītikena sukhena abhisandeti parisandeti paripūreti parippharati, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa nippītikena sukhena apphuṭaṃ hoti.
「复次,诸比库,比库以喜的离去而住于舍,具念、正知,以身受乐,正如圣者们所说的『舍、具念、乐住』,证得第三禅那而住。他以离喜之乐遍满、遍流、遍充、遍溢此身,他全身没有任何地方不被离喜之乐所遍满。诸比库,犹如在青莲池、红莲池或白莲池中,一些青莲、红莲或白莲生于水中,长于水中,不出水面,沉于水下滋养,它们从顶至根被清凉的水遍满、遍流、遍充、遍溢,那些青莲、红莲或白莲全部没有任何地方不被清凉的水所遍满。同样地,诸比库,比库以离喜之乐遍满、遍流、遍充、遍溢此身,他全身没有任何地方不被离喜之乐所遍满。」
§430
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhassa ca pahānā dukkhassa ca pahānā, pubbeva somanassadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamā, adukkhamasukhaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ catutthaṃ jhānaṃ upasampajja viharati. So imameva kāyaṃ parisuddhena cetasā pariyodātena pharitvā nisinno hoti , nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa parisuddhena cetasā pariyodātena apphuṭaṃ hoti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso odātena vatthena sasīsaṃ pārupetvā nisinno assa, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa odātena vatthena apphuṭaṃ assa. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu imameva kāyaṃ parisuddhena cetasā pariyodātena pharitvā nisinno hoti, nāssa kiñci sabbāvato kāyassa parisuddhena cetasā pariyodātena apphuṭaṃ hoti.
「复次,诸比库,比库以舍断乐与舍断苦,先前喜忧已灭没,不苦不乐,舍念清净,证得第四禅那而住。他以清净、皎洁之心遍满此身而坐,他全身没有任何地方不被清净、皎洁之心所遍满。诸比库,犹如有人以白布连头覆盖而坐,他全身没有任何地方不被白布所覆盖。同样地,诸比库,比库以清净、皎洁之心遍满此身而坐,他全身没有任何地方不被清净、皎洁之心所遍满。」
§431
‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ, dvepi jātiyo…pe… iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, puriso sakamhā gāmā aññaṃ gāmaṃ gaccheyya, tamhāpi gāmā aññaṃ gāmaṃ gaccheyya, so tamhā gāmā sakaṃyeva gāmaṃ paccāgaccheyya. Tassa evamassa – ‘ahaṃ kho sakamhā gāmā amuṃ gāmaṃ agacchiṃ , tatrapi evaṃ aṭṭhāsiṃ evaṃ nisīdiṃ evaṃ abhāsiṃ evaṃ tuṇhī ahosiṃ; tamhāpi gāmā amuṃ gāmaṃ agacchiṃ, tatrapi evaṃ aṭṭhāsiṃ evaṃ nisīdiṃ evaṃ abhāsiṃ evaṃ tuṇhī ahosiṃ; somhi tamhā gāmā sakaṃyeva gāmaṃ paccāgato’ti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati, seyyathidaṃ – ekampi jātiṃ dvepi jātiyo…pe… iti sākāraṃ sauddesaṃ anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati.
「当他的心如此得定,清净、皎洁、无秽、离随烦恼、柔软、适业、住立、达到不动时,他使心转向宿住随念智。他忆念种种宿住,即:一生、二生……如此,他忆念有行相、有细节的种种宿住。诸比库,犹如有人从自己的村落去到另一村落,又从那村落去到另一村落,他从那村落回到自己的村落。他这样想:『我从自己的村落去到那村落,在那里如此站立、如此坐、如此说话、如此沉默;又从那村落去到那村落,在那里也如此站立、如此坐、如此说话、如此沉默;我从那村落回到自己的村落。』同样地,诸比库,比库忆念种种宿住,即:一生、二生……如此,他忆念有行相、有细节的种种宿住。」
§432
‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte sattānaṃ cutūpapātañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate, yathākammūpage satte pajānāti…pe… seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dve agārā sadvārā . Tattha cakkhumā puriso majjhe ṭhito passeyya manusse gehaṃ pavisantepi nikkhamantepi, anucaṅkamantepi anuvicarantepi . Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passati cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajānāti…pe….
「当他的心如此得定,清净、皎洁、无秽、离随烦恼、柔软、适业、住立、达到不动时,他使心转向有情死生智。他以清净、超越人的天眼,见到有情死时、生时,低贱、高贵、美丽、丑陋、善趣、恶趣,了知有情随业流转……诸比库,犹如有两座有门的房屋,有眼之人站在中间,能见到人们进入房屋、离开房屋,来回经行、往来行走。同样地,诸比库,比库以清净、超越人的天眼,见到有情死时、生时,低贱、高贵、美丽、丑陋、善趣、恶趣,了知有情随业流转……」
§433
‘‘So evaṃ samāhite citte parisuddhe pariyodāte anaṅgaṇe vigatūpakkilese mudubhūte kammaniye ṭhite āneñjappatte āsavānaṃ khayañāṇāya cittaṃ abhininnāmeti. So ‘idaṃ dukkha’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. ‘Ime āsavā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavasamudayo’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodho’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ‘ayaṃ āsavanirodhagāminī paṭipadā’ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti. Tassa evaṃ jānato evaṃ passato kāmāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, bhavāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati, avijjāsavāpi cittaṃ vimuccati. Vimuttasmiṃ vimuttamiti ñāṇaṃ hoti – ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānāti.
「当他的心如此得定,清净、皎洁、无秽、离随烦恼、柔软、适业、住立、达到不动时,他使心转向诸漏尽智。他如实了知『此是苦』,如实了知『此是苦集』,如实了知『此是苦灭』,如实了知『此是导至苦灭之道』。如实了知『此等是漏』,如实了知『此是漏集』,如实了知『此是漏灭』,如实了知『此是导至漏灭之道』。当他如此知、如此见时,心从欲漏解脱,心从有漏解脱,心从无明漏解脱。于解脱中有『已解脱』之智,他了知『生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不再有此存在』。」
‘‘Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, pabbatasaṅkhepe udakarahado accho vippasanno anāvilo. Tattha cakkhumā puriso tīre ṭhito passeyya sippisambukampi sakkharakathalampi macchagumbampi, carantampi tiṭṭhantampi. Tassa evamassa – ‘ayaṃ kho udakarahado accho vippasanno anāvilo. Tatrime sippisambukāpi sakkharakathalāpi macchagumbāpi carantipi tiṭṭhantipīti . Evameva kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘idaṃ dukkha’nti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti…pe… nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānāti.
「诸比库,犹如在山岩间的水池,清澈、清净、不浊。有眼之人站在岸边,能见到牡蛎、贝壳、砂砾、石子,以及鱼群游动或停住。他这样想:『此水池清澈、清净、不浊,这些牡蛎、贝壳、砂砾、石子,以及鱼群在游动或停住。』同样地,诸比库,比库如实了知『此是苦』……了知『不再有此存在』。」
§434
‘‘Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ‘samaṇo’ itipi ‘brāhmaṇo’itipi ‘nhātako’itipi ‘vedagū’itipi ‘sottiyo’itipi ‘ariyo’itipi ‘arahaṃ’itipi. Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samaṇo hoti? Samitāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, saṃkilesikā, ponobbhavikā, sadarā, dukkhavipākā , āyatiṃ, jātijarāmaraṇiyā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samaṇo hoti.
「诸比库,此比库被称为『沙门』、『婆罗门』、『已沐浴者』、『通吠陀者』、『圣者』、『阿拉汉』。诸比库,比库如何是沙门?他的恶不善法,染污的、再有的、有恼害的、有苦果报的、未来生老死的,已被平息。诸比库,比库如此是沙门。」
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu brāhmaṇo hoti? Bāhitāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā , saṃkilesikā, ponobbhavikā, sadarā, dukkhavipākā, āyatiṃ, jātijarāmaraṇiyā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu brāhmaṇo hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何是婆罗门?他已排除诸恶不善法,即染污的、再有的、有怖畏的、有苦果报的、未来导致生老死的。诸比库,比库如此是婆罗门。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu nhātako hoti? Nhātāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, saṃkilesikā, ponobbhavikā, sadarā, dukkhavipākā, āyatiṃ, jātijarāmaraṇiyā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu nhātako hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何是沐浴者?他已洗净诸恶不善法,即染污的、再有的、有怖畏的、有苦果报的、未来导致生老死的。诸比库,比库如此是沐浴者。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vedagū hoti? Viditāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, saṃkilesikā, ponobbhavikā, sadarā, dukkhavipākā, āyatiṃ, jātijarāmaraṇiyā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vedagū hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何是通吠陀者?他已了知诸恶不善法,即染污的、再有的、有怖畏的、有苦果报的、未来导致生老死的。诸比库,比库如此是通吠陀者。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sottiyo hoti? Nissutāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, saṃkilesikā, ponobbhavikā, sadarā, dukkhavipākā, āyatiṃ, jātijarāmaraṇiyā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sottiyo hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何是圣者?他已流出诸恶不善法,即染污的、再有的、有怖畏的、有苦果报的、未来导致生老死的。诸比库,比库如此是圣者。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyo hoti ? Ārakāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, saṃkilesikā, ponobbhavikā, sadarā, dukkhavipākā, āyatiṃ, jātijarāmaraṇiyā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ariyo hoti.
「诸比库,比库如何是圣者?他已远离诸恶不善法,即染污的、再有的、有怖畏的、有苦果报的、未来导致生老死的。诸比库,比库如此是圣者。
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṃ hoti? Ārakāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā, saṃkilesikā, ponobbhavikā, sadarā, dukkhavipākā, āyatiṃ, jātijarāmaraṇiyā. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu arahaṃ hotī’’ti.
「诸比库,比库如何是阿拉汉?他已远离诸恶不善法,即染污的、再有的、有怖畏的、有苦果报的、未来导致生老死的。诸比库,比库如此是阿拉汉。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
世尊如此说。那些比库心满意足,欢喜世尊所说。
Mahāassapurasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ navamaṃ. · 大阿萨普拉经完 第九
10. Cūḷaassapurasuttaṃ10. 小阿萨普拉经
§435
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā aṅgesu viharati assapuraṃ nāma aṅgānaṃ nigamo. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘bhikkhavo’’ti. ‘‘Bhadante’’ti te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘samaṇā samaṇāti vo, bhikkhave, jano sañjānāti. Tumhe ca pana ‘ke tumhe’ti puṭṭhā samānā ‘samaṇāmhā’ti paṭijānātha. Tesaṃ vo, bhikkhave, evaṃsamaññānaṃ sataṃ evaṃpaṭiññānaṃ sataṃ – ‘yā samaṇasāmīcippaṭipadā taṃ paṭipajjissāma; evaṃ no ayaṃ amhākaṃ samaññā ca saccā bhavissati paṭiññā ca bhūtā; yesañca mayaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātasenāsanagilānappaccayabhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paribhuñjāma, tesaṃ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsā, amhākañcevāyaṃ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā saudrayā’ti. Evañhi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.
如是我闻:一时,世尊住在盎嘎国,名为阿沙普拉的盎嘎人城镇。在那里,世尊称呼诸比库:「诸比库。」「尊者。」那些比库回答世尊。世尊如此说:「诸比库,人们认知你们为『沙门,沙门』。而你们被问『你们是谁』时,你们承认『我们是沙门』。诸比库,对于你们这样被称呼者、这样承认者,应当如此:『我们将实行沙门的正行道;如此,我们这个称呼将是真实的,承认将是真实的;那些我们受用衣服、钵食、坐卧处、病者所需医药资具的人们,他们对我们的供养将有大果、有大利益;我们这个出家将不会空无、有果、有成就。』诸比库,你们应当如此学习。
§436
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu na samaṇasāmīcippaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hoti? Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno abhijjhālussa abhijjhā appahīnā hoti, byāpannacittassa byāpādo appahīno hoti, kodhanassa kodho appahīno hoti, upanāhissa upanāho appahīno hoti, makkhissa makkho appahīno hoti, paḷāsissa paḷāso appahīno hoti, issukissa issā appahīnā hoti, maccharissa macchariyaṃ appahīnaṃ hoti , saṭhassa sāṭheyyaṃ appahīnaṃ hoti, māyāvissa māyā appahīnā hoti, pāpicchassa pāpikā icchā appahīnā hoti, micchādiṭṭhikassa micchādiṭṭhi appahīnā hoti – imesaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, samaṇamalānaṃ samaṇadosānaṃ samaṇakasaṭānaṃ āpāyikānaṃ ṭhānānaṃ duggativedaniyānaṃ appahānā ‘na samaṇasāmīcippaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno’ti vadāmi. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, matajaṃ nāma āvudhajātaṃ ubhatodhāraṃ pītanisitaṃ. Tadassa saṅghāṭiyā sampārutaṃ sampaliveṭhitaṃ. Tathūpamāhaṃ, bhikkhave, imassa bhikkhuno pabbajjaṃ vadāmi.
「诸比库,比库如何不行沙门相应之道?诸比库,任何贪求的比库,其贪求未被断除;嗔心的比库,其嗔恨未被断除;愤怒的比库,其愤怒未被断除;怀恨的比库,其怀恨未被断除;轻蔑的比库,其轻蔑未被断除;恶口的比库,其恶口未被断除;嫉妒的比库,其嫉妒未被断除;吝啬的比库,其吝啬未被断除;狡诈的比库,其狡诈未被断除;虚伪的比库,其虚伪未被断除;恶欲的比库,其恶欲未被断除;邪见的比库,其邪见未被断除——诸比库,由于未断除这些沙门垢、沙门过失、沙门污秽、导向恶趣之处、感受恶趣之法,我说『不行沙门相应之道』。诸比库,譬如有一种名为玛答疆的武器,两边有刃,黄色磨利。它被袈裟包裹、缠绕。诸比库,我说此比库的出家就像这样。」
§437
‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅghāṭikassa saṅghāṭidhāraṇamattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi. Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, acelakassa acelakamattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi. Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, rajojallikassa rajojallikamattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi. Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave , udakorohakassa udakorohaṇamattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi. Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, rukkhamūlikassa rukkhamūlikamattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi. Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, abbhokāsikassa abbhokāsikamattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi. Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, ubbhaṭṭhakassa ubbhaṭṭhakamattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi. Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, pariyāyabhattikassa pariyāyabhattikamattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi. Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, mantajjhāyakassa mantajjhāyakamattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi. Nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, jaṭilakassa jaṭādhāraṇamattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi.
「诸比库,我不说仅仅持袈裟者因持袈裟就是沙门性。诸比库,我不说仅仅裸行者因裸行就是沙门性。诸比库,我不说仅仅尘垢行者因尘垢行就是沙门性。诸比库,我不说仅仅水浴者因水浴就是沙门性。诸比库,我不说仅仅树下住者因树下住就是沙门性。诸比库,我不说仅仅露地住者因露地住就是沙门性。诸比库,我不说仅仅常立者因常立就是沙门性。诸比库,我不说仅仅定时食者因定时食就是沙门性。诸比库,我不说仅仅诵咒者因诵咒就是沙门性。诸比库,我不说仅仅结发者因持结发就是沙门性。」
‘‘Saṅghāṭikassa ce, bhikkhave, saṅghāṭidhāraṇamattena abhijjhālussa abhijjhā pahīyetha, byāpannacittassa byāpādo pahīyetha, kodhanassa kodho pahīyetha, upanāhissa upanāho pahīyetha, makkhissa makkho pahīyetha, paḷāsissa paḷāso pahīyetha, issukissa issā pahīyetha, maccharissa macchariyaṃ pahīyetha, saṭhassa sāṭheyyaṃ pahīyetha, māyāvissa māyā pahīyetha, pāpicchassa pāpikā icchā pahīyetha, micchādiṭṭhikassa micchādiṭṭhi pahīyetha, tamenaṃ mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā jātameva naṃ saṅghāṭikaṃ kareyyuṃ, saṅghāṭikattameva samādapeyyuṃ – ‘ehi tvaṃ, bhadramukha, saṅghāṭiko hohi, saṅghāṭikassa te sato saṅghāṭidhāraṇamattena abhijjhālussa abhijjhā pahīyissati, byāpannacittassa byāpādo pahīyissati, kodhanassa kodho pahīyissati, upanāhissa upanāho pahīyissati, makkhissa makkho pahīyissati, paḷāsissa paḷāso pahīyissati, issukissa issā pahīyissati, maccharissa macchariyaṃ pahīyissati, saṭhassa sāṭheyyaṃ pahīyissati, māyāvissa māyā pahīyissati, pāpicchassa pāpikā icchā pahīyissati, micchādiṭṭhikassa micchādiṭṭhi pahīyissatī’ti. Yasmā ca kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅghāṭikampi idhekaccaṃ passāmi abhijjhāluṃ byāpannacittaṃ kodhanaṃ upanāhiṃ makkhiṃ paḷāsiṃ issukiṃ macchariṃ saṭhaṃ māyāviṃ pāpicchaṃ micchādiṭṭhikaṃ, tasmā na saṅghāṭikassa saṅghāṭidhāraṇamattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi.
「诸比库,如果持袈裟者仅仅因持袈裟,贪求者的贪求就会被断除,嗔心者的嗔恨就会被断除,愤怒者的愤怒就会被断除,怀恨者的怀恨就会被断除,轻蔑者的轻蔑就会被断除,恶口者的恶口就会被断除,嫉妒者的嫉妒就会被断除,吝啬者的吝啬就会被断除,狡诈者的狡诈就会被断除,虚伪者的虚伪就会被断除,恶欲者的恶欲就会被断除,邪见者的邪见就会被断除,那么他的朋友、同伴、亲戚、血亲就会在他一出生时就让他成为持袈裟者,就会劝导他持袈裟——『来吧,善面者,你成为持袈裟者吧,当你持袈裟时,仅仅因持袈裟,贪求者的贪求就会被断除,嗔心者的嗔恨就会被断除,愤怒者的愤怒就会被断除,怀恨者的怀恨就会被断除,轻蔑者的轻蔑就会被断除,恶口者的恶口就会被断除,嫉妒者的嫉妒就会被断除,吝啬者的吝啬就会被断除,狡诈者的狡诈就会被断除,虚伪者的虚伪就会被断除,恶欲者的恶欲就会被断除,邪见者的邪见就会被断除』。诸比库,然而因为我在此看见某些持袈裟者贪求、嗔心、愤怒、怀恨、轻蔑、恶口、嫉妒、吝啬、狡诈、虚伪、恶欲、邪见,因此我不说持袈裟者仅仅因持袈裟就是沙门性。」
‘‘Acelakassa ce, bhikkhave…pe… rajojallikassa ce, bhikkhave…pe… udakorohakassa ce, bhikkhave…pe… rukkhamūlikassa ce, bhikkhave…pe… abbhokāsikassa ce, bhikkhave…pe… ubbhaṭṭhakassa ce, bhikkhave…pe… pariyāyabhattikassa ce, bhikkhave…pe… mantajjhāyakassa ce, bhikkhave…pe… jaṭilakassa ce, bhikkhave, jaṭādhāraṇamattena abhijjhālussa abhijjhā pahīyetha, byāpannacittassa byāpādo pahīyetha , kodhanassa kodho pahīyetha, upanāhissa upanāho pahīyetha, makkhissa makkho pahīyetha, paḷāsissa paḷāso pahīyetha, issukissa issā pahīyetha, maccharissa macchariyaṃ pahīyetha, saṭhassa sāṭheyyaṃ pahīyetha, māyāvissa māyā pahīyetha, pāpicchassa pāpikā icchā pahīyetha, micchādiṭṭhikassa micchādiṭṭhi pahīyetha, tamenaṃ mittāmaccā ñātisālohitā jātameva naṃ jaṭilakaṃ kareyyuṃ, jaṭilakattameva samādapeyyuṃ – ‘ehi tvaṃ, bhadramukha, jaṭilako hohi, jaṭilakassa te sato jaṭādhāraṇamattena abhijjhālussa abhijjhā pahīyissati byāpannacittassa byāpādo pahīyissati, kodhanassa kodho pahīyissati…pe… pāpicchassa pāpikā icchā pahīyissati micchādiṭṭhikassa micchādiṭṭhi pahīyissatī’ti. Yasmā ca kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, jaṭilakampi idhekaccaṃ passāmi abhijjhāluṃ byāpannacittaṃ kodhanaṃ upanāhiṃ makkhiṃ palāsiṃ issukiṃ macchariṃ saṭhaṃ māyāviṃ pāpicchaṃ micchādiṭṭhiṃ, tasmā na jaṭilakassa jaṭādhāraṇamattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi.
「诸比库,如果裸行者……如果尘垢行者……如果水浴者……如果树下住者……如果露地住者……如果常立者……如果定时食者……如果诵咒者……诸比库,如果结发者仅仅因持结发,贪求者的贪求就会被断除,嗔心者的嗔恨就会被断除,愤怒者的愤怒就会被断除,怀恨者的怀恨就会被断除,轻蔑者的轻蔑就会被断除,恶口者的恶口就会被断除,嫉妒者的嫉妒就会被断除,吝啬者的吝啬就会被断除,狡诈者的狡诈就会被断除,虚伪者的虚伪就会被断除,恶欲者的恶欲就会被断除,邪见者的邪见就会被断除,那么他的朋友、同伴、亲戚、血亲就会在他一出生时就让他成为结发者,就会劝导他成为结发者——『来吧,善面者,你成为结发者吧,当你结发时,仅仅因持结发,贪求者的贪求就会被断除,嗔心者的嗔恨就会被断除,愤怒者的愤怒就会被断除……恶欲者的恶欲就会被断除,邪见者的邪见就会被断除』。诸比库,然而因为我在此看见某些结发者贪求、嗔心、愤怒、怀恨、轻蔑、恶口、嫉妒、吝啬、狡诈、虚伪、恶欲、邪见,因此我不说结发者仅仅因持结发就是沙门性。」
§438
‘‘Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu samaṇasāmīcippaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno hoti? Yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno abhijjhālussa abhijjhā pahīnā hoti, byāpannacittassa byāpādo pahīno hoti, kodhanassa kodho pahīno hoti, upanāhissa upanāho pahīno hoti, makkhissa makkho pahīno hoti, paḷāsissa paḷāso pahīno hoti, issukissa issā pahīnā hoti, maccharissa macchariyaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, saṭhassa sāṭheyyaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, māyāvissa māyā pahīnā hoti, pāpicchassa pāpikā icchā pahīnā hoti, micchādiṭṭhikassa micchādiṭṭhi pahīnā hoti – imesaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, samaṇamalānaṃ samaṇadosānaṃ samaṇakasaṭānaṃ āpāyikānaṃ ṭhānānaṃ duggativedaniyānaṃ pahānā ‘samaṇasāmīcippaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno’ti vadāmi. So sabbehi imehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi visuddhamattānaṃ samanupassati ( ) . Tassa sabbehi imehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi visuddhamattānaṃ samanupassato ( ) pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati.
「诸比库,比库如何行沙门相应之道?诸比库,任何贪求的比库,其贪求已被断除;嗔心的比库,其嗔恨已被断除;愤怒的比库,其愤怒已被断除;怀恨的比库,其怀恨已被断除;轻蔑的比库,其轻蔑已被断除;恶口的比库,其恶口已被断除;嫉妒的比库,其嫉妒已被断除;吝啬的比库,其吝啬已被断除;狡诈的比库,其狡诈已被断除;虚伪的比库,其虚伪已被断除;恶欲的比库,其恶欲已被断除;邪见的比库,其邪见已被断除——诸比库,由于断除了这些沙门垢、沙门过失、沙门污秽、导向恶趣之处、感受恶趣之法,我说『行沙门相应之道』。他随观自己从一切这些恶不善法中清净。当他随观自己从一切这些恶不善法中清净时,欢悦生起;欢悦者喜生起;意喜者身轻安;身轻安者受乐;乐者心得定。」
‘‘So mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. Karuṇāsahagatena cetasā…pe… muditāsahagatena cetasā…pe… upekkhāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ. Iti uddhamadho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ upekkhāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, pokkharaṇī acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā. Puratthimāya cepi disāya puriso āgaccheyya ghammābhitatto ghammapareto kilanto tasito pipāsito. So taṃ pokkharaṇiṃ āgamma vineyya udakapipāsaṃ vineyya ghammapariḷāhaṃ…pe… pacchimāya cepi disāya puriso āgaccheyya…pe… uttarāya cepi disāya puriso āgaccheyya…pe… dakkhiṇāya cepi disāya puriso āgaccheyya. Yato kuto cepi naṃ puriso āgaccheyya ghammābhitatto ghammapareto, kilanto tasito pipāsito. So taṃ pokkharaṇiṃ āgamma vineyya udakapipāsaṃ, vineyya ghammapariḷāhaṃ. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, khattiyakulā cepi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, so ca tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma, evaṃ mettaṃ karuṇaṃ muditaṃ upekkhaṃ bhāvetvā labhati ajjhattaṃ vūpasamaṃ . Ajjhattaṃ vūpasamā ‘samaṇasāmīcippaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno’ti vadāmi. Brāhmaṇakulā cepi…pe… vessakulā cepi…pe… suddakulā cepi…pe… yasmā kasmā cepi kulā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti , so ca tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma, evaṃ mettaṃ karuṇaṃ muditaṃ upekkhaṃ bhāvetvā labhati ajjhattaṃ vūpasamaṃ. Ajjhattaṃ vūpasamā ‘samaṇasāmīcippaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno’ti vadāmi.
「他以与慈俱行之心遍满一方而住,如是第二方,如是第三方,如是第四方。如是上下横遍一切处,对一切如对己,以与慈俱行之心,广大、无量、无怨、无害,遍满世间而住。以与悲俱行之心……以与喜俱行之心……以与舍俱行之心遍满一方而住,如是第二方,如是第三方,如是第四方。如是上下横遍一切处,对一切如对己,以与舍俱行之心,广大、无量、无怨、无害,遍满世间而住。诸比库,譬如有一莲池,水清、水甜、水冷、水白、善筑堤岸、可爱乐。如果有人从东方来,为热所逼、为热所恼、疲倦、干渴、口渴,他来到那莲池,就会调伏水渴,调伏热恼……如果有人从西方来……如果有人从北方来……如果有人从南方来。无论有人从何处来,为热所逼、为热所恼、疲倦、干渴、口渴,他来到那莲池,就会调伏水渴,调伏热恼。诸比库,同样地,如果从刹帝利家出家,从家出离成为非家,他来到如来所宣说的法与律,如此修习慈、悲、喜、舍,获得内心寂止。由于内心寂止,我说『行沙门相应之道』。如果从婆罗门家……如果从吠舍家……如果从首陀罗家……无论从何家出家,从家出离成为非家,他来到如来所宣说的法与律,如此修习慈、悲、喜、舍,获得内心寂止。由于内心寂止,我说『行沙门相应之道』。」
‘‘Khattiyakulā cepi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti. So ca āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Āsavānaṃ khayā samaṇo hoti. Brāhmaṇakulā cepi…pe… vessakulā cepi… suddakulā cepi… yasmā kasmā cepi kulā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, so ca āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Āsavānaṃ khayā samaṇo hotī’’ti.
「如果从刹帝利家出家,从家出离成为非家,他以诸漏尽,于现法中以自己的证智作证、具足无漏心解脱、慧解脱而住。由于诸漏尽,他是沙门。如果从婆罗门家……如果从吠舍家……如果从首陀罗家……无论从何家出家,从家出离成为非家,他以诸漏尽,于现法中以自己的证智作证、具足无漏心解脱、慧解脱而住。由于诸漏尽,他是沙门。」
Idamavoca bhagavā. Attamanā te bhikkhū bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinandunti.
世尊如是说。那些比库心满意足,欢喜世尊所说。
Cūḷaassapurasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ dasamaṃ. · 小阿萨普拉经完 第十
Mahāyamakavaggo niṭṭhito catuttho. · 大双品完 第四
Tassuddānaṃ –
其摄颂——
Giñjakasālavanaṃ pariharituṃ, paññavato puna saccakanisedho;
为了保护砖屋沙喇林,对具慧者再次禁止萨恰咖;
Mukhavaṇṇapasīdanatāpindo, kevaṭṭaassapurajaṭilena.
面色清净之热诚者,由渔夫、马村、结发者。